1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1093   return Result;
1094 }
1095 
1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1097   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1098 }
1099 
1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1102 ///
1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1105   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1106   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1107   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1108   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1109   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1110   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1111   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1112   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1113   //   namespace.
1114   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1115   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1116   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1117   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1118   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1119 
1120   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1121 
1122 #ifndef NDEBUG
1123   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1124   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1125   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1126 #endif
1127 
1128   CurContext = DC;
1129   S->setEntity(DC);
1130 }
1131 
1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1133   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1134 
1135   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1136   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1137   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1138   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1139   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1140 
1141   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1142   // disappear.
1143 }
1144 
1145 
1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1147   // We assume that the caller has already called
1148   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1149   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1150   if (!FD)
1151     return;
1152 
1153   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1154   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1155   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1156     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1157   CurContext = FD;
1158   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1159 
1160   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1161     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1162     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1163     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1164       S->AddDecl(Param);
1165       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1166     }
1167   }
1168 }
1169 
1170 
1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1172   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1173   // rather than the top-level class.
1174   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1175   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1176   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1177 }
1178 
1179 
1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1182 ///
1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1188 /// attribute.
1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1190                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1191   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1192     return true;
1193 
1194   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1195     return true;
1196 
1197   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1198           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1199 }
1200 
1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1203   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1204   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1205   // scope.
1206   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1207     S = S->getParent();
1208 
1209   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1210   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1211   // into any context.
1212   if (AddToContext)
1213     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1214 
1215   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1216   // are function-local declarations.
1217   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1218       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1219         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1220       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1221     return;
1222 
1223   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1224   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1225       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1226     return;
1227 
1228   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1229   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1230                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1231   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1232     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1233       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1234       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1235 
1236       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1237       break;
1238     }
1239   }
1240 
1241   S->AddDecl(D);
1242 
1243   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1244     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1245     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1246     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1247     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1248       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1249       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1250         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1251           continue;
1252       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1253         break;
1254     }
1255 
1256     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1257   } else {
1258     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1259   }
1260 }
1261 
1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1263   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1264     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1265 }
1266 
1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1268                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1269   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1270 }
1271 
1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1273   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1274   do {
1275     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1276       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1277         return S;
1278   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1279 
1280   return nullptr;
1281 }
1282 
1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1284                                             DeclContext*,
1285                                             ASTContext&);
1286 
1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1290                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1291                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1292   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1293   while (F.hasNext()) {
1294     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1295 
1296     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1297       continue;
1298 
1299     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1300       continue;
1301 
1302     F.erase();
1303   }
1304 
1305   F.done();
1306 }
1307 
1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1309   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1310          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1311          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1312 }
1313 
1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1316   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1317   while (F.hasNext())
1318     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1319       F.erase();
1320 
1321   F.done();
1322 }
1323 
1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1325 /// @code
1326 /// class S {
1327 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1328 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1329 /// };
1330 /// @endcode
1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1332   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1333   // the decl here.
1334   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1335     return false;
1336 
1337   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1338     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1339   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1340     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1341   return false;
1342 }
1343 
1344 // We need this to handle
1345 //
1346 // typedef struct {
1347 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1348 // } A;
1349 //
1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1355 // not.
1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1357   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1358   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1359     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1360       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1361         return true;
1362     }
1363     DC = DC->getParent();
1364   }
1365 
1366   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1367 }
1368 
1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1370 // these semantics.
1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1372   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1373     return false;
1374   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1375 }
1376 
1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1378   assert(D);
1379 
1380   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1381     return false;
1382 
1383   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1384   // of members of class templates.
1385   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1386       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1387     return false;
1388 
1389   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1390     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1391       return false;
1392 
1393     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1394       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1395         return false;
1396     } else {
1397       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1398       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1399         return false;
1400     }
1401 
1402     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1403         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1404       return false;
1405   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1406     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1407     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1408     // like "inline".)
1409     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1410       return false;
1411 
1412     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1413       return false;
1414 
1415     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1416         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1417       return false;
1418   } else {
1419     return false;
1420   }
1421 
1422   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1423   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1424   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1425   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1426 }
1427 
1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1429   if (!D)
1430     return;
1431 
1432   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1433     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1434     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1435       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1436   }
1437 
1438   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1439     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1440     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1441       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1442   }
1443 
1444   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1445     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1446 }
1447 
1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1449   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1450     return false;
1451 
1452   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1453       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1454     return false;
1455 
1456   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1457     return true;
1458 
1459   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1460   // functions.
1461   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1462   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1463     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1464     WithinFunction =
1465         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1466   if (!WithinFunction)
1467     return false;
1468 
1469   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1470     return true;
1471 
1472   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1473   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1474     return false;
1475 
1476   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1477   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1478 
1479     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1480     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1481 
1482     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1483     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1484       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1485         return false;
1486     }
1487 
1488     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1489     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1490     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1491       return false;
1492 
1493     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1494       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1495       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1496         return false;
1497 
1498       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1499         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1500           return false;
1501 
1502         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1503           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1504                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1505             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1506           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1507             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1508           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1509             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1510             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1511               return false;
1512           }
1513         }
1514       }
1515     }
1516 
1517     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1518   }
1519 
1520   return true;
1521 }
1522 
1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1524                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1525   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1526     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1527                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1528     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1529       return;
1530     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1531                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1532   }
1533   return;
1534 }
1535 
1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1537   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1538     return;
1539 
1540   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1541     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1542       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1543     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1545   }
1546 }
1547 
1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1551   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1552     return;
1553 
1554   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1555     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1556     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1557     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1558     return;
1559   }
1560 
1561   FixItHint Hint;
1562   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1563 
1564   unsigned DiagID;
1565   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1566     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1567   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1569   else
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1571 
1572   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1573 }
1574 
1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1576   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1577   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1578   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1579   // MS inline assembly label name.
1580   bool Diagnose = false;
1581   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1582     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1583   else
1584     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1585   if (Diagnose)
1586     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1587 }
1588 
1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1590   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1591 
1592   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1593   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1594          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1595 
1596   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1597     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1598 
1599     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1600     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1601 
1602     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1603 
1604     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1605     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1606       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1607       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1608         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1609     }
1610 
1611     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1612     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1613       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1614 
1615     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1616     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1617   }
1618 }
1619 
1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1621 ///
1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1624 /// to the fixed name.
1625 ///
1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1629 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1630 ///
1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1632 /// class could not be found.
1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1634                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1635                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1636   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1637   // creation from this context.
1638   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1639 
1640   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1641     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1642     // find an Objective-C class name.
1643     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1644             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1645             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1646             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1647       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1648       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1649       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1650     }
1651   }
1652   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1653   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1654   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1655       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1656   return Def;
1657 }
1658 
1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1663 /// ill-formed in C++:
1664 /// @code
1665 /// struct S6 {
1666 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1667 /// };
1668 ///
1669 /// void test_S6() {
1670 ///   struct S6 a;
1671 ///   a.e = BAR;
1672 /// }
1673 /// @endcode
1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1681 /// contain non-field names.
1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1683   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1684          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1685          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1686     S = S->getParent();
1687   return S;
1688 }
1689 
1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1695                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1696   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1697     return;
1698   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1699 
1700   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1701                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1702   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1703   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1704     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1705       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1706 }
1707 
1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1709   switch (Error) {
1710   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1711     return "";
1712   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1713     return "stdio.h";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1715     return "setjmp.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1717     return "ucontext.h";
1718   }
1719   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1720 }
1721 
1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1723 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1725 /// built-in.
1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1727                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1728                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1729   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1730 
1731   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1732   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1733   if (Error) {
1734     if (ForRedeclaration)
1735       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1736           << getHeaderName(Error)
1737           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1738     return nullptr;
1739   }
1740 
1741   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1742     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1743       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1744       << R;
1745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1746         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1747       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1748           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1750   }
1751 
1752   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1754     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1755         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1756                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1757     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1758     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1759     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1760   }
1761 
1762   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1763                                            Parent,
1764                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1765                                            SC_Extern,
1766                                            false,
1767                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1768   New->setImplicit();
1769 
1770   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1771   // FunctionDecl.
1772   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1773     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1774     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1775       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1776           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1777                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1778                               SC_None, nullptr);
1779       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1780       Params.push_back(parm);
1781     }
1782     New->setParams(Params);
1783   }
1784 
1785   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1786   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1787 
1788   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1789   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1790   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1791   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1792   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1793   CurContext = Parent;
1794   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1795   CurContext = SavedContext;
1796   return New;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1800 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1801 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1802 /// entity.
1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Sema &S,
1804                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1805                                               LookupResult &previous){
1806   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1807   if ((!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
1808       !S.getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage)
1809     return;
1810 
1811   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1812   if (previous.empty())
1813     return;
1814 
1815   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1816   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1817     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1818 
1819     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1820     if (S.isVisible(old))
1821       continue;
1822 
1823     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1824       filter.erase();
1825   }
1826 
1827   filter.done();
1828 }
1829 
1830 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1831 /// entity if their types are the same.
1832 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1833 /// isSameEntity.
1834 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1835                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1836                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1837   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1838   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1839     return;
1840 
1841   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1842   if (Previous.empty())
1843     return;
1844 
1845   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1846   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1847     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1848 
1849     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1850     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1851       continue;
1852 
1853     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1854     // different linkages.
1855     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1856       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1857                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1858         continue;
1859 
1860       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1861       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1862       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1863           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1864         continue;
1865     }
1866 
1867     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1868       Filter.erase();
1869   }
1870 
1871   Filter.done();
1872 }
1873 
1874 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1875   QualType OldType;
1876   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1877     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1878   else
1879     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1880   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1881 
1882   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1883     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1884     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1885     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1886       << Kind << NewType;
1887     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1888       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1889     New->setInvalidDecl();
1890     return true;
1891   }
1892 
1893   if (OldType != NewType &&
1894       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1895       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1896       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1897     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1898     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1899       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1900     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1901       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1902     New->setInvalidDecl();
1903     return true;
1904   }
1905   return false;
1906 }
1907 
1908 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1909 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1910 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1911 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1912 ///
1913 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1914   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1915   // merging checks.
1916   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1917 
1918   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1919   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1920   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1921     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1922     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1923     default: break;
1924     case 2:
1925       {
1926         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1927           break;
1928         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1929         if (!T->isPointerType())
1930           break;
1931         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1932           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1933           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1934             break;
1935         }
1936         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1937         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1938         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1939         return;
1940       }
1941     case 5:
1942       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1943         break;
1944       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1945       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1946       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1947       return;
1948     case 3:
1949       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1950         break;
1951       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1952       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1953       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1954       return;
1955     }
1956     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1957   }
1958 
1959   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1960   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1961   if (!Old) {
1962     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1963       << New->getDeclName();
1964 
1965     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1966     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1967       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1968 
1969     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1970   }
1971 
1972   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1973   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1974     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1975 
1976   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1977     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1978     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1979     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1980     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1981         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1982         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1983       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1984       // instead of our tag.
1985       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1986       if (OldTD->isModed())
1987         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1988                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1989       else
1990         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1991 
1992       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1993       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1994     }
1995   }
1996 
1997   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1998   // with any extensions enabled.
1999   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2000     return;
2001 
2002   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2003   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2004   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2005     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2006     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2007   }
2008 
2009   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2010     return;
2011 
2012   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2013     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2014     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2015     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2016     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2017     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2018       return;
2019 
2020     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2021     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2022     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2023     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2024     //
2025     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2026     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2027     //
2028     //   struct S {
2029     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2030     //   };
2031     //
2032     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2033     // allow the above but disallow
2034     //
2035     //   struct S {
2036     //     typedef int I;
2037     //     typedef int I;
2038     //   };
2039     //
2040     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2041     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2042       return;
2043 
2044     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2045       << New->getDeclName();
2046     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2047     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2048   }
2049 
2050   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2051   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2052     return;
2053 
2054   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2055   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2056   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2057   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2058   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2059       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2060        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2061     return;
2062 
2063   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2064     << New->getDeclName();
2065   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2066 }
2067 
2068 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2069 /// attribute.
2070 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2071   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2072   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2073   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2074     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2075       if (Ann) {
2076         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2077           return true;
2078         continue;
2079       }
2080       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2081       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2082         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2083       return true;
2084     }
2085 
2086   return false;
2087 }
2088 
2089 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2090   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2091     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2092   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2093     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2094   return true;
2095 }
2096 
2097 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2098 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2099 ///
2100 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2101 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2102   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2103   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2104   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2105   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2106   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2107   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2108     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2109     // in a case like:
2110     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2111     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2112     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2113     // definition in such a case.
2114     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2115       return false;
2116 
2117     if (I->isAlignas())
2118       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2119 
2120     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2121     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2122       OldAlign = Align;
2123       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2124     }
2125   }
2126 
2127   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2128   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2129   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2130   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2131     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2132       return false;
2133 
2134     if (I->isAlignas())
2135       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2136 
2137     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2138     if (Align > NewAlign)
2139       NewAlign = Align;
2140   }
2141 
2142   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2143     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2144     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2145     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2146     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2147 
2148     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2149     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2150     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2151       QualType Ty;
2152       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2153         Ty = VD->getType();
2154       else
2155         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2156 
2157       if (OldAlign == 0)
2158         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2159       if (NewAlign == 0)
2160         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2161     }
2162 
2163     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2164       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2165         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2166         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2167       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2168     }
2169   }
2170 
2171   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2172     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2173     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2174     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2175     //   equivalent alignment.
2176     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2177     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2178     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2179     //   have no alignment specifier.
2180     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2181       << OldAlignasAttr;
2182     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2183       << OldAlignasAttr;
2184   }
2185 
2186   bool AnyAdded = false;
2187 
2188   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2189   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2190     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2191     Clone->setInherited(true);
2192     New->addAttr(Clone);
2193     AnyAdded = true;
2194   }
2195 
2196   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2197   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2198       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2199     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2200     Clone->setInherited(true);
2201     New->addAttr(Clone);
2202     AnyAdded = true;
2203   }
2204 
2205   return AnyAdded;
2206 }
2207 
2208 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2209                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2210   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2211   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2212   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2213     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2214                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2215                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2216                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2217                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2218   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2219     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2220                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2221   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2222     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2223                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2224   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2225     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2226                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2227   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2228     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2229                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2230   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2231     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2232                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2233                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2234   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2235     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2236                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2237   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2238     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2239                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2240                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2241   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2242     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2243                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2244                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2245   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2246     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2247   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2248     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2249   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2250     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2251     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2252     NewAttr = nullptr;
2253   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2254     NewAttr = nullptr;
2255   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2256     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2257 
2258   if (NewAttr) {
2259     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2260     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2261     return true;
2262   }
2263 
2264   return false;
2265 }
2266 
2267 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2268   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2269     return TD->getDefinition();
2270   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2271     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2272     if (Def)
2273       return Def;
2274     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2275   }
2276   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2277     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2278     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2279       return Def;
2280   }
2281   return nullptr;
2282 }
2283 
2284 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2285   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2286     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2287       return true;
2288   return false;
2289 }
2290 
2291 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2292 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2293 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2294   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2295     return;
2296 
2297   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2298   if (!Def || Def == New)
2299     return;
2300 
2301   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2302   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2303     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2304 
2305     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2306       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2307         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2308       else {
2309         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2310         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2311                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2312                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2313                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2314         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2315         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2316         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2317       }
2318       ++I;
2319       continue;
2320     }
2321 
2322     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2323       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2324       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2325         ++I;
2326         continue;
2327       }
2328     }
2329 
2330     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2331       ++I;
2332       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2333     }
2334 
2335     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2336       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2337       ++I;
2338       continue;
2339     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2340       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2341         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2342         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2343         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2344         //   equivalent alignment.
2345         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2346         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2347         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2348         //   have no alignment specifier.
2349         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2350           << AA;
2351         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2352           << AA;
2353         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2354         --E;
2355         continue;
2356       }
2357     }
2358 
2359     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2360            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2361     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2362     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2363     --E;
2364   }
2365 }
2366 
2367 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2368 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2369                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2370   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2371     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2372     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2373     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2374   }
2375 
2376   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2377     return;
2378 
2379   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2380   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2381 
2382   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2383     return;
2384 
2385   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2386 
2387   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2388   // we process them.
2389   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2390 
2391   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2392     bool Override = false;
2393     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2394     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2395         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2396         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2397       switch (AMK) {
2398       case AMK_None:
2399         continue;
2400 
2401       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2402         break;
2403 
2404       case AMK_Override:
2405         Override = true;
2406         break;
2407       }
2408     }
2409 
2410     // Already handled.
2411     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2412       continue;
2413 
2414     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2415       foundAny = true;
2416   }
2417 
2418   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2419     foundAny = true;
2420 
2421   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2422 }
2423 
2424 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2425 /// to the new one.
2426 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2427                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2428                                      Sema &S) {
2429   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2430   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2431   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2432   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2433   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2434   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2435     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2436            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2437     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2438     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2439     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2440       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2441     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2442       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2443     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2444            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2445   }
2446 
2447   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2448     return;
2449 
2450   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2451 
2452   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2453   // done before we process them.
2454   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2455 
2456   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2457     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2458       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2459         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2460       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2461       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2462       foundAny = true;
2463     }
2464   }
2465 
2466   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2467 }
2468 
2469 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2470                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2471                                 Sema &S) {
2472   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2473     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2474       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2475         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2476           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2477                *Newnullability,
2478                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2479                 != 0))
2480           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2481                *Oldnullability,
2482                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2483                 != 0));
2484         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2485       }
2486     } else {
2487       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2488       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2489                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2490                          NewT, NewT);
2491       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2492     }
2493   }
2494 }
2495 
2496 namespace {
2497 
2498 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2499 /// C.
2500 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2501   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2502   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2503   QualType PromotedType;
2504 };
2505 
2506 }
2507 
2508 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2509 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2510   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2511     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2512       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2513 
2514     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2515       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2516 
2517     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2518       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2519   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2520     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2521   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2522     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2523   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2524     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2525   }
2526 
2527   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2528 }
2529 
2530 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2531 // declaration, or a declaration.
2532 template <typename T>
2533 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2534 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2535   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2536   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2537   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2538     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2539   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2540     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2541     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2542       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2543   } else
2544     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2545   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2546 }
2547 
2548 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2549 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2550 /// GNU89 mode.
2551 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2552                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2553   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2554           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2555           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2556           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2557 }
2558 
2559 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2560   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2561   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2562     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2563   return AT;
2564 }
2565 
2566 template <typename T>
2567 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2568   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2569   if (DC->isRecord())
2570     return false;
2571 
2572   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2573   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2574     return true;
2575   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2576     return true;
2577   return false;
2578 }
2579 
2580 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2581 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2582 
2583 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2584 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2585 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2586 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2587 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2588                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2589   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2590   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2591   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2592   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2593   //      and function templates; or
2594   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2595   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2596   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2597   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2598   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2599 
2600   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2601   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2602   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2603   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2604   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2605 
2606   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2607   if (Old &&
2608       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2609           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2610       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2611     Old = nullptr;
2612 
2613   if (!Old) {
2614     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2615     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2616     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2617     return true;
2618   }
2619   return false;
2620 }
2621 
2622 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2623 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2624 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2625 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2626 ///
2627 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2628 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2629 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2630 /// merged with.
2631 ///
2632 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2633 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2634                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2635   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2636   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2637   if (!Old) {
2638     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2639       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2640         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2641         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2642              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2643         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2644              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2645         return true;
2646       }
2647 
2648       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2649       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2650         return true;
2651       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2652     } else {
2653       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2654         << New->getDeclName();
2655       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2656       return true;
2657     }
2658   }
2659 
2660   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2661   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2662     return true;
2663 
2664   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2665   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2666   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2667       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2668 
2669   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2670   // is an extern inline function.
2671   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2672   // storage classes.
2673   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2674       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2675       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2676       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2677       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2678     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2679       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2680       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2681     } else {
2682       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2683       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2684       return true;
2685     }
2686   }
2687 
2688 
2689   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2690   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2691   // convention of the first.
2692   //
2693   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2694   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2695   //
2696   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2697   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2698   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2699   //
2700   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2701   // other tests to run.
2702   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2703   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2704   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2705   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2706   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2707   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2708   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2709 
2710   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2711     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2712     const FunctionType *FT =
2713         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2714     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2715     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2716     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2717       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2718       // there but not here.
2719       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2720       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2721     } else {
2722       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2723       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2724       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2725         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2726         << !FirstCCExplicit
2727         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2728             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2729 
2730       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2731       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2732       return true;
2733     }
2734   }
2735 
2736   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2737   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2738     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2739     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2740   }
2741 
2742   // Merge regparm attribute.
2743   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2744       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2745     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2746       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2747         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2748         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2749       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2750       return true;
2751     }
2752 
2753     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2754     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2755   }
2756 
2757   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2758   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2759     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2760       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2761       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2762       return true;
2763     }
2764 
2765     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2766     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2767   }
2768 
2769   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2770     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2771     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2772     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2773     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2774     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2775   }
2776 
2777   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2778   // UndefinedButUsed.
2779   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2780       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2781       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2782       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2783       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2784     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2785                                            SourceLocation()));
2786 
2787   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2788   // about it.
2789   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2790       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2791     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2792   }
2793 
2794   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2795     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2796     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2797     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2798     //        cannot be overloaded.
2799 
2800     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2801     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2802     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2803     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2804     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2805     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2806         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2807              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2808              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2809     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2810         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2811              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2812              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2813     QualType ResQT;
2814     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2815         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2816           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2817       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2818           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2819         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2820       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2821         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2822           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2823               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2824         else
2825           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2826               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2827         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2828                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2829         return true;
2830       }
2831       else
2832         NewQType = ResQT;
2833     }
2834 
2835     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2836     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2837     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2838       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2839       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2840       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2841       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2842         New->setType(
2843             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2844                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2845                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2846         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2847             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2848                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2849                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2850       }
2851     }
2852 
2853     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2854     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2855     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2856       // Preserve triviality.
2857       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2858 
2859       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2860       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2861       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2862       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2863                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2864                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2865       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2866 
2867       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2868           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2869         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2870         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2871         //       is a static member function declaration.
2872         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2873           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2874           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2875           return true;
2876         }
2877 
2878         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2879         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2880         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2881         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2882         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2883           unsigned NewDiag;
2884           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2885             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2886           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2887             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2888           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2889             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2890           else
2891             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2892 
2893           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2894         } else {
2895           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2896             << New << New->getType();
2897         }
2898         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2899         return true;
2900 
2901       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2902       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2903       //
2904       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2905       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2906       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2907         if (isFriend) {
2908           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2909         } else {
2910           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2911                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2912             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2913           return true;
2914         }
2915       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2916         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2917              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2918           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2919         return true;
2920       }
2921     }
2922 
2923     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2924     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2925     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2926     //   attribute.
2927     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2928     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2929       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2930       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2931            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2932     }
2933 
2934     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2935     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2936     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2937     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2938     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2939     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2940       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2941            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2942       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2943            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2944     }
2945 
2946     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2947     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2948     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2949     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2950 
2951     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2952     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2953     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2954       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2955       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2956         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2957       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2958       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2959     }
2960 
2961     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2962       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2963       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2964       //
2965       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2966       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2967       // linkage within class scope.
2968       //
2969       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2970       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2971         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2972         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2973       } else {
2974         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2975         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2976         return true;
2977       }
2978     }
2979 
2980     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2981       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2982 
2983     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2984         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2985       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2986       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2987       // when we instantiate the function.
2988       return false;
2989     }
2990 
2991     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2992   }
2993 
2994   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2995   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2996   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2997       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2998     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2999     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3000     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3001     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3002         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3003       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3004       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3005       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3006       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3007       NewQType =
3008           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3009                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3010       New->setType(NewQType);
3011       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3012 
3013       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3014       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3015       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3016         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3017                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3018                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3019                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3020         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3021         Param->setImplicit();
3022         Params.push_back(Param);
3023       }
3024 
3025       New->setParams(Params);
3026     }
3027 
3028     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3029   }
3030 
3031   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3032   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3033   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3034   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3035   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3036   // the prototype.
3037   //
3038   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3039   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3040   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3041   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3042   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3043       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3044       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3045       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3046     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3047     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3048     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3049       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3050     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3051       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3052 
3053     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3054     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3055                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3056     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3057     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3058          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3059       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3060       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3061       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3062                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3063         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3064       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3065                                             NewParm->getType(),
3066                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3067         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3068                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3069         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3070         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3071       } else
3072         LooseCompatible = false;
3073     }
3074 
3075     if (LooseCompatible) {
3076       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3077         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3078              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3079           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3080           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3081         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3082           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3083                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3084       }
3085 
3086       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3087         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3088                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3089       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3090     }
3091 
3092     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3093   }
3094 
3095   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3096   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3097 
3098   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3099   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3100   unsigned BuiltinID;
3101   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3102     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3103     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3104     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3105       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3106       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3107         << Old << Old->getType();
3108 
3109       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3110       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3111       //
3112       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3113       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3114       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3115       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3116       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3117       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3118         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
3119 
3120       return false;
3121     }
3122 
3123     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3124   }
3125 
3126   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3127   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3128   return true;
3129 }
3130 
3131 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3132 /// known to be compatible.
3133 ///
3134 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3135 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3136 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3137 /// redeclaration of Old.
3138 ///
3139 /// \returns false
3140 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3141                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3142   // Merge the attributes
3143   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3144 
3145   // Merge "pure" flag.
3146   if (Old->isPure())
3147     New->setPure();
3148 
3149   // Merge "used" flag.
3150   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3151     New->setIsUsed();
3152 
3153   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3154   // declarations.
3155   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3156       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3157         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3158         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3159         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3160         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3161       }
3162 
3163   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3164     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3165 
3166   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3167   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3168   // was visible.
3169   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3170   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3171     New->setType(Merged);
3172 
3173   return false;
3174 }
3175 
3176 
3177 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3178                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3179 
3180   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3181   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3182     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3183                                                    : AMK_Override;
3184   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3185 
3186   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3187   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3188                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3189   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3190          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3191        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3192     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3193 
3194   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3195 }
3196 
3197 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3198 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3199 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3200 ///
3201 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3202 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3203 /// is attached.
3204 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3205                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3206   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3207     return;
3208 
3209   QualType MergedT;
3210   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3211     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3212       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3213       return;
3214     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3215       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3216       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3217     }
3218     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3219     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3220     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3221     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3222     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3223     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3224              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3225       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3226       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3227       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3228                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3229         MergedT = New->getType();
3230     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3231                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3232       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3233       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3234       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3235                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3236         MergedT = Old->getType();
3237     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3238                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3239       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3240                                               Old->getType());
3241     }
3242   } else {
3243     // C 6.2.7p2:
3244     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3245     //   compatible type.
3246     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3247   }
3248   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3249     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3250     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3251     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3252     // equivalent.
3253     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3254     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3255          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3256       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3257       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3258       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3259       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3260         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3261       return;
3262     }
3263 
3264     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3265     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3266     //
3267     //   extern int arr[];
3268     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3269     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3270     //
3271     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3272     // to diagnose it.
3273     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3274       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3275     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3276     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3277   }
3278 
3279   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3280   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3281   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3282     New->setType(MergedT);
3283 }
3284 
3285 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3286                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3287   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3288   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3289   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3290   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3291   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3292   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3293   //
3294   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3295   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3296     return false;
3297 
3298   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3299     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3300     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3301     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3302     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3303     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3304            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3305             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3306   } else {
3307     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3308     // type unless we're in the same function.
3309     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3310            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3311   }
3312 }
3313 
3314 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3315 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3316 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3317 ///
3318 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3319 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3320 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3321 ///
3322 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3323   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3324   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3325     return;
3326 
3327   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3328 
3329   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3330   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3331   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3332   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3333     if (NewTemplate) {
3334       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3335       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3336 
3337       if (auto *Shadow =
3338               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3339         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3340           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3341     } else {
3342       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3343 
3344       if (auto *Shadow =
3345               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3346         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3347           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3348     }
3349   }
3350   if (!Old) {
3351     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3352       << New->getDeclName();
3353     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3354          diag::note_previous_definition);
3355     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3356   }
3357 
3358   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3359     return;
3360 
3361   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3362   if (NewTemplate &&
3363       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3364                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3365                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3366     return;
3367 
3368   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3369   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3370   //
3371   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3372   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3373     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3374       << New->getIdentifier();
3375     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3376     New->setInvalidDecl();
3377   }
3378 
3379   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3380   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3381   // declaration
3382   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3383       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3384       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3385     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3386     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3387     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3388     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3389   }
3390 
3391   // Merge the types.
3392   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3393   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3394     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3395                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3396     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3397       return;
3398   }
3399 
3400   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3401   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3402     return;
3403 
3404   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3405   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3406   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3407       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3408 
3409   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3410   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3411       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3412       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3413     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3414       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3415           << New->getDeclName();
3416       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3417     } else {
3418       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3419           << New->getDeclName();
3420       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3421       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3422     }
3423   }
3424   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3425   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3426   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3427   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3428   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3429   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3430   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3431   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3432   //   identifier has external linkage.
3433   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3434     /* Okay */;
3435   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3436            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3437            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3438     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3439     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3440     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3441   }
3442 
3443   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3444   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3445       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3446     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3447     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3448     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3449   }
3450   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3451       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3452     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3453     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3454     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3455   }
3456 
3457   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3458 
3459   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3460   // need to check for mismatches.
3461   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3462       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3463       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3464         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3465     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3466     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3467     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3468   }
3469 
3470   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3471     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3472       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3473       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3474     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3475       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3476       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3477     } else {
3478       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3479       // static and dynamic initialization.
3480       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3481       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3482       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3483         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3484       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3485     }
3486   }
3487 
3488   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3489   VarDecl *Def;
3490   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3491       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3492       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3493     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3494     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3495         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3496          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3497          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3498          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3499       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3500       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3501     } else {
3502       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3503       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3504       New->setInvalidDecl();
3505       return;
3506     }
3507   }
3508 
3509   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3510     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3511     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3512     New->setInvalidDecl();
3513     return;
3514   }
3515 
3516   // Merge "used" flag.
3517   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3518     New->setIsUsed();
3519 
3520   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3521   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3522   if (NewTemplate)
3523     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3524 
3525   // Inherit access appropriately.
3526   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3527   if (NewTemplate)
3528     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3529 }
3530 
3531 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3532 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3533 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3534                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3535   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3536 }
3537 
3538 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3539 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3540 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3541 // compatibility.
3542 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3543 // targeted.
3544 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3545   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3546              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3547              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3548 }
3549 
3550 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3551   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3552     return;
3553 
3554   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3555     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3556     // it is anonymous.
3557     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3558       return;
3559     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3560         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3561     Context.setManglingNumber(
3562         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3563                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3564     return;
3565   }
3566 
3567   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3568   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3569   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3570           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3571     Context.setManglingNumber(
3572         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3573                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3574   }
3575 }
3576 
3577 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3578                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3579   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3580   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3581   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3582     return;
3583   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3584     return;
3585 
3586   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3587   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3588 
3589   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3590   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3591                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3592     return;
3593 
3594   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3595   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3596   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3597   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3598   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3599   // for how to handle it.
3600   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3601     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3602 
3603     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3604     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3605 
3606     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3607     textToInsert += ' ';
3608     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3609     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3610         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3611     return;
3612   }
3613 
3614   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3615   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3616 }
3617 
3618 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3619   switch (T) {
3620   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3621     return 0;
3622   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3623     return 1;
3624   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3625     return 2;
3626   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3627     return 3;
3628   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3629     return 4;
3630   default:
3631     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3632   }
3633 }
3634 
3635 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3636 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3637 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3638 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3639                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3640                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3641                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3642   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3643   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3644   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3645       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3646       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3647       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3648       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3649     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3650 
3651     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3652       return nullptr;
3653 
3654     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3655     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3656     // it's a Type.
3657     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3658       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3659     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3660       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3661   }
3662 
3663   if (Tag) {
3664     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3665     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3666     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3667       return Tag;
3668   }
3669 
3670   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3671     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3672     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3673     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3674       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3675            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3676            << DS.getSourceRange();
3677   }
3678 
3679   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3680     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3681     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3682     if (Tag)
3683       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3684           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3685     else
3686       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3687     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3688     return TagD;
3689   }
3690 
3691   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3692 
3693   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3694     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3695     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3696     if (TagD && !Tag)
3697       return nullptr;
3698     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3699   }
3700 
3701   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3702   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3703     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3704   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3705       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3706     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3707     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3708     // or an explicit specialization.
3709     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3710     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3711         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3712     return nullptr;
3713   }
3714 
3715   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3716   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3717 
3718   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3719   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3720     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3721         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3722       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3723           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3724         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3725                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3726 
3727       DeclaresAnything = false;
3728     }
3729   }
3730 
3731   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3732   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3733   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3734   //
3735   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3736   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3737   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3738       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3739     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3740     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3741     //   struct STRUCT;
3742     //   union UNION;
3743     // and
3744     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3745     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3746     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3747         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3748       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3749       if (Tag)
3750         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3751       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3752                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3753         Record = RT->getDecl();
3754       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3755         Record = UT->getDecl();
3756 
3757       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3758         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3759           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3760         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3761       }
3762 
3763       DeclaresAnything = false;
3764     }
3765   }
3766 
3767   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3768   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3769       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3770     return TagD;
3771 
3772   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3773       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3774     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3775       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3776           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3777         DeclaresAnything = false;
3778 
3779   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3780     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3781     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3782       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3783         << DS.getSourceRange();
3784     else
3785       DeclaresAnything = false;
3786   }
3787 
3788   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3789       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3790     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3791       << Tag->getTagKind()
3792       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3793 
3794   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3795 
3796   // C 6.7/2:
3797   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3798   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3799   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3800   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3801   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3802   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3803   //   previous declaration.
3804   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3805     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3806     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3807     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3808     return TagD;
3809   }
3810 
3811   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3812   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3813   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3814   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3815   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3816   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3817   //
3818   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3819   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3820   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3821     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3822 
3823   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3824   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3825   // useless.
3826   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3827     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3828       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3829       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3830       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3831     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3832       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3833         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3834   }
3835 
3836   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3837     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3838       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3839   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3840     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3841       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3842     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3843       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3844     // Restrict is covered above.
3845     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3846       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3847   }
3848 
3849   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3850   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3851   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3852   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3853     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3854     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3855         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3856         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3857         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3858         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3859       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3860            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3861         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3862             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3863     }
3864   }
3865 
3866   return TagD;
3867 }
3868 
3869 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3870 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3871 ///
3872 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3873 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3874                                          Scope *S,
3875                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3876                                          DeclarationName Name,
3877                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3878                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3879   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3880                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3881   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3882 
3883   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3884     return false;
3885 
3886   // Pick a representative declaration.
3887   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3888   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3889 
3890   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3891     return false;
3892 
3893   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3894   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3895 
3896   return true;
3897 }
3898 
3899 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3900 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3901 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3902 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3903 /// struct, e.g.,
3904 ///
3905 /// @code
3906 /// union {
3907 ///   int i;
3908 ///   float f;
3909 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3910 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3911 /// @endcode
3912 ///
3913 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3914 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3915 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3916                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3917                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3918                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3919                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3920                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3921   unsigned diagKind
3922     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3923                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3924 
3925   bool Invalid = false;
3926 
3927   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3928   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3929     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3930         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3931       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3932       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3933                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3934         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3935         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3936         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3937         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3938         Invalid = true;
3939       } else {
3940         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3941         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3942         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3943         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3944         //   anonymous union is declared.
3945         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3946         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3947           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3948         else
3949           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3950 
3951         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3952         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3953           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3954         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3955           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3956 
3957         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3958             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3959             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3960 
3961         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3962           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3963 
3964         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3965         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3966         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3967 
3968         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3969         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3970 
3971         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3972       }
3973     }
3974   }
3975 
3976   return Invalid;
3977 }
3978 
3979 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3980 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3981 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3982 static StorageClass
3983 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3984   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3985   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3986          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3987   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3988   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3989   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3990     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3991       return SC_None;
3992     return SC_Extern;
3993   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3994   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3995   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3996   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3997     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3998   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3999   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4000   }
4001   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4002 }
4003 
4004 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4005   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4006 
4007   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4008     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4009     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4010       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4011     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4012       return FD->getLocation();
4013   }
4014 
4015   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4016 }
4017 
4018 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4019                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4020   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4021     return;
4022 
4023   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4024   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4025 }
4026 
4027 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4028                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4029   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4030     return;
4031 
4032   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4033 }
4034 
4035 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4036 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4037 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4038 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4039 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4040                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4041                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4042                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4043   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4044 
4045   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4046   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4047     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4048   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4049     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4050   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4051     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4052 
4053   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4054   // structs/unions.
4055   bool Invalid = false;
4056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4057     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4058     unsigned DiagID;
4059     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4060       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4061       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4062       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4063       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4064           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4065            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4066             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4067         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4068           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4069 
4070         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4071         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4072                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4073       }
4074       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4075       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4076       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4077       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4078                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4079         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4080              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4081           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4082 
4083         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4084         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4085                                SourceLocation(),
4086                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4087       }
4088     }
4089 
4090     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4091     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4092       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4093         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4094           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4095           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4096       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4097         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4098              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4099           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4100           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4101       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4102         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4103              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4104           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4105           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4106       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4107         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4108              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4109           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4110           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4111 
4112       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4113     }
4114 
4115     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4116     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4117     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4118     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4119     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4120       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4121         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4122         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4123         //   members (clause 11).
4124         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4125         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4126           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4127             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4128           Invalid = true;
4129         }
4130 
4131         // C++ [class.union]p1
4132         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4133         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4134         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4135         //   array of such objects.
4136         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4137           Invalid = true;
4138       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4139         // Any implicit members are fine.
4140       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4141         // This is a type that showed up in an
4142         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4143         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4144         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4145       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4146         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4147             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4148           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4149           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4150             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4151               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4152           else {
4153             // This is a nested type declaration.
4154             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4155               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4156             Invalid = true;
4157           }
4158         } else {
4159           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4160           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4161           // not part of standard C++.
4162           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4163                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4164             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4165         }
4166       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4167         // Any access specifier is fine.
4168       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4169         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4170       } else {
4171         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4172         // member. Complain about it.
4173         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4174         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4175           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4176         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4177           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4178         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4179           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4180 
4181         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4182         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4183             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4184           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4185             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4186         else {
4187           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4188               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4189           Invalid = true;
4190         }
4191       }
4192     }
4193 
4194     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4195     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4196     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4197     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4198         Owner->isRecord())
4199       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4200                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4201   }
4202 
4203   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4204     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4205       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4206     Invalid = true;
4207   }
4208 
4209   // Mock up a declarator.
4210   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4211   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4212   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4213 
4214   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4215   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4216   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4217     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4218                              DS.getLocStart(),
4219                              Record->getLocation(),
4220                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4221                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4222                              TInfo,
4223                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4224                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4225     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4226     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4227       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4228   } else {
4229     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4230     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4231     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4232       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4233       // an error here
4234       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4235       Invalid = true;
4236       SC = SC_None;
4237     }
4238 
4239     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4240                            DS.getLocStart(),
4241                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4242                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4243                            TInfo, SC);
4244 
4245     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4246     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4247     // initializer:
4248     //   union { int n = 0; };
4249     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4250   }
4251   Anon->setImplicit();
4252 
4253   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4254   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4255 
4256   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4257   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4258   // its members.
4259   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4260 
4261   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4262   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4263   // purposes.
4264   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4265   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4266 
4267   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4268                                           Chain, false))
4269     Invalid = true;
4270 
4271   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4272     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4273       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4274       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4275               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4276         Context.setManglingNumber(
4277             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4278                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4279         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4280       }
4281     }
4282   }
4283 
4284   if (Invalid)
4285     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4286 
4287   return Anon;
4288 }
4289 
4290 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4291 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4292 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4293 /// Example:
4294 ///
4295 /// struct A { int a; };
4296 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4297 ///
4298 /// void foo() {
4299 ///   B var;
4300 ///   var.a = 3;
4301 /// }
4302 ///
4303 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4304                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4305   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4306 
4307   // Mock up a declarator.
4308   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4309   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4310   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4311 
4312   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4313   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4314 
4315   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4316   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4317                              ParentDecl,
4318                              DS.getLocStart(),
4319                              DS.getLocStart(),
4320                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4321                              RecTy,
4322                              TInfo,
4323                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4324                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4325   Anon->setImplicit();
4326 
4327   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4328   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4329 
4330   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4331   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4332   // purposes.
4333   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4334   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4335 
4336   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4337   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4338                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4339       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4340                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4341     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4342     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4343   }
4344 
4345   return Anon;
4346 }
4347 
4348 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4349 /// given Declarator.
4350 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4351   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4352 }
4353 
4354 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4355 DeclarationNameInfo
4356 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4357   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4358   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4359 
4360   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4361 
4362   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4363   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4364     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4365     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4366     return NameInfo;
4367 
4368   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4369     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4370                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4371     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4372     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4373       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4374     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4375       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4376     return NameInfo;
4377 
4378   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4379     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4380                                                            Name.Identifier));
4381     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4382     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4383     return NameInfo;
4384 
4385   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4386     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4387     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4388     if (Ty.isNull())
4389       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4390     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4391                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4392     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4393     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4394     return NameInfo;
4395   }
4396 
4397   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4398     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4399     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4400     if (Ty.isNull())
4401       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4402     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4403                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4404     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4405     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4406     return NameInfo;
4407   }
4408 
4409   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4410     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4411     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4412     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4413     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4414     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4415       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4416 
4417     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4418     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4419 
4420     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4421     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4422     // was qualified.
4423 
4424     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4425                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4426     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4427     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4428     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4429     return NameInfo;
4430   }
4431 
4432   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4433     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4434     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4435     if (Ty.isNull())
4436       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4437     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4438                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4439     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4440     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4441     return NameInfo;
4442   }
4443 
4444   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4445     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4446     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4447     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4448   }
4449 
4450   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4451 
4452   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4453 }
4454 
4455 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4456   do {
4457     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4458       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4459     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4460       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4461     else
4462       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4463   } while (true);
4464 }
4465 
4466 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4467 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4468 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4469 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4470 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4471 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4472 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4473 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4474                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4475                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4476                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4477   Params.clear();
4478   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4479     return false;
4480   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4481     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4482     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4483 
4484     // The parameter types are identical
4485     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4486       continue;
4487 
4488     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4489     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4490     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4491     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4492 
4493     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4494         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4495       Params.push_back(Idx);
4496     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4497       return false;
4498   }
4499 
4500   return true;
4501 }
4502 
4503 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4504 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4505 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4506 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4507 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4508 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4509                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4510   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4511   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4512   //   - types which will become injected class names
4513   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4514   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4515   // few cases here.
4516 
4517   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4518   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4519   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4520   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4521   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4522   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4523     // Grab the type from the parser.
4524     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4525     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4526     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4527 
4528     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4529     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4530     // attached already.
4531     if (!TSI)
4532       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4533 
4534     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4535     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4536     if (!TSI) return true;
4537 
4538     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4539     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4540     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4541     break;
4542   }
4543 
4544   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4545   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4546     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4547     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4548     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4549     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4550     break;
4551   }
4552 
4553   default:
4554     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4555     break;
4556   }
4557 
4558   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4559   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4560     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4561 
4562     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4563     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4564     // pointer.
4565     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4566       continue;
4567 
4568     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4569     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4570     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4571       return true;
4572   }
4573 
4574   return false;
4575 }
4576 
4577 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4578   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4579   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4580 
4581   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4582       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4583     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4584 
4585   return Dcl;
4586 }
4587 
4588 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4589 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4590 ///   name different from T:
4591 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4592 ///     - every member function of class T
4593 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4594 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4595 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4596                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4597   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4598 
4599   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4600     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4601       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4602       return true;
4603     }
4604 
4605   return false;
4606 }
4607 
4608 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4609 /// nested-name-specifier.
4610 ///
4611 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4612 ///
4613 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4614 /// resolves.
4615 ///
4616 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4617 ///
4618 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4619 ///
4620 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4621 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4622                                         DeclarationName Name,
4623                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4624   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4625   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4626     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4627 
4628   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4629   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4630   //
4631   // class X {
4632   //   void X::f();
4633   // };
4634   //
4635   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4636   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4637   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4638     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4639       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4640                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4641         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4642       SS.clear();
4643     } else {
4644       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4645     }
4646     return false;
4647   }
4648 
4649   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4650   // declaration.
4651   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4652     if (Cur->isRecord())
4653       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4654         << Name << SS.getRange();
4655     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4656       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4657         << Name << SS.getRange();
4658     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4659       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4660         << Name << SS.getRange();
4661     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4662       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4663         << Name << SS.getRange();
4664     else
4665       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4666       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4667 
4668     return true;
4669   }
4670 
4671   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4672     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4673     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4674       << Name << SS.getRange();
4675     SS.clear();
4676 
4677     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4678     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4679     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4680     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4681          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4682         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4683                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4684       return true;
4685 
4686     return false;
4687   }
4688 
4689   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4690   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4691   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4692   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4693   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4694     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4695   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4696         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4697     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4698       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4699 
4700   return false;
4701 }
4702 
4703 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4704                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4705   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4706   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4707   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4708 
4709   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4710   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4711   if (!Name) {
4712     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4713       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4714            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4715         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4716     return nullptr;
4717   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4718     return nullptr;
4719 
4720   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4721   // we find one that is.
4722   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4723          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4724     S = S->getParent();
4725 
4726   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4727   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4728     D.setInvalidType();
4729   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4730     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4731                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4732       return nullptr;
4733 
4734     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4735     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4736     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4737       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4738       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4739       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4740       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4741       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4742            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4743         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4744         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4745       return nullptr;
4746     }
4747     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4748 
4749     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4750         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4751       return nullptr;
4752 
4753     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4754     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4755       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4756            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4757         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4758       return nullptr;
4759     }
4760     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4761       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4762                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4763         if (DC->isRecord())
4764           return nullptr;
4765 
4766         D.setInvalidType();
4767       }
4768     }
4769 
4770     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4771     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4772     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4773         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4774       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4775       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4776         D.setInvalidType();
4777     }
4778   }
4779 
4780   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4781   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4782 
4783   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4784     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4785     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4786     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4787     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4788       return nullptr;
4789 
4790   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4791                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4792     D.setInvalidType();
4793 
4794   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4795                         ForRedeclaration);
4796 
4797   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4798   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4799     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4800     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4801 
4802     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4803     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4804     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4805     //
4806     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4807     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4808     // the same name.
4809     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4810       /* Do nothing*/;
4811     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4812              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4813               R->isFunctionType())) {
4814       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4815       CreateBuiltins =
4816           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4817     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4818                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4819       CreateBuiltins = true;
4820 
4821     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4822       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4823 
4824     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4825   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4826     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4827 
4828     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4829     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4830     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4831     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4832     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4833     //  thereof; [...]
4834     //
4835     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4836     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4837     // we want to match. For example, given:
4838     //
4839     //   class X {
4840     //     void f();
4841     //     void f(float);
4842     //   };
4843     //
4844     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4845     //
4846     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4847     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4848     // matches.
4849 
4850     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4851     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4852     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4853     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4854     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4855   }
4856 
4857   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4858       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4859     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4860     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4861       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4862                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4863 
4864     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4865     Previous.clear();
4866   }
4867 
4868   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4869   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4870   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4871   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4872   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4873       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4874     Previous.clear();
4875 
4876   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4877   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4878   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4879     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4880 
4881   NamedDecl *New;
4882 
4883   bool AddToScope = true;
4884   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4885     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4886       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4887       return nullptr;
4888     }
4889 
4890     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4891   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4892     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4893                                   TemplateParamLists,
4894                                   AddToScope);
4895   } else {
4896     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4897                                   AddToScope);
4898   }
4899 
4900   if (!New)
4901     return nullptr;
4902 
4903   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4904   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4905   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4906        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4907     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4908     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4909     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4910     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4911     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4912     if (!AddToContext)
4913       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4914   }
4915 
4916   return New;
4917 }
4918 
4919 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4920 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4921 /// GCC compatibility).
4922 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4923                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4924                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4925                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4926   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4927   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4928   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4929   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4930   SizeIsNegative = false;
4931   Oversized = 0;
4932 
4933   if (T->isDependentType())
4934     return QualType();
4935 
4936   QualifierCollector Qs;
4937   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4938 
4939   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4940     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4941     QualType FixedType =
4942         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4943                                             Oversized);
4944     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4945     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4946     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4947   }
4948   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4949     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4950     QualType FixedType =
4951         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4952                                             Oversized);
4953     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4954     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4955     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4956   }
4957 
4958   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4959   if (!VLATy)
4960     return QualType();
4961   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4962   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4963     return QualType();
4964 
4965   llvm::APSInt Res;
4966   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4967       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4968     return QualType();
4969 
4970   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4971   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4972     SizeIsNegative = true;
4973     return QualType();
4974   }
4975 
4976   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4977   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4978     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4979                                               Res);
4980   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4981     Oversized = Res;
4982     return QualType();
4983   }
4984 
4985   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4986                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4987 }
4988 
4989 static void
4990 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4991   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4992   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4993   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4994     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4995     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4996                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4997     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4998     return;
4999   }
5000   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5001     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5002     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5003                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5004     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5005     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5006     return;
5007   }
5008   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5009   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5010   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5011   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5012   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5013   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5014   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5015   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5016 }
5017 
5018 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5019 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5020 /// GCC compatibility).
5021 static TypeSourceInfo*
5022 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5023                                               ASTContext &Context,
5024                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5025                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5026   QualType FixedTy
5027     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5028                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5029   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5030     return nullptr;
5031   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5032   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5033                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5034   return FixedTInfo;
5035 }
5036 
5037 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5038 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5039 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5040 /// function-scope declarations.
5041 void
5042 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5043   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5044       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5045     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5046     return;
5047 
5048   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5049   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5050 }
5051 
5052 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5053   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5054   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5055   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5056 }
5057 
5058 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5059 /// does not identify a function.
5060 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5061   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5062   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5063   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5064     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5065          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5066 
5067   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5068     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5069          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5070 
5071   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5072     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5073          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5074 
5075   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5076     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5077          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5078 }
5079 
5080 NamedDecl*
5081 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5082                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5083   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5084   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5085     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5086       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5087     D.setInvalidType();
5088     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5089     DC = CurContext;
5090     Previous.clear();
5091   }
5092 
5093   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5094 
5095   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5096     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5097       << 1;
5098 
5099   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5100     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5101       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5102     return nullptr;
5103   }
5104 
5105   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5106   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5107 
5108   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5109   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5110 
5111   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5112 
5113   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5114   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5115   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5116   return ND;
5117 }
5118 
5119 void
5120 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5121   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5122   // then it shall have block scope.
5123   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5124   // that redeclarations will match.
5125   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5126   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5127   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5128     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5129 
5130     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5131       bool SizeIsNegative;
5132       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5133       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5134         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5135                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5136                                                       Oversized);
5137       if (FixedTInfo) {
5138         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5139         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5140       } else {
5141         if (SizeIsNegative)
5142           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5143         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5144           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5145         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5146           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5147             << Oversized.toString(10);
5148         else
5149           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5150         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5151       }
5152     }
5153   }
5154 }
5155 
5156 
5157 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5158 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5159 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5160 NamedDecl*
5161 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5162                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5163   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5164   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5165   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5166                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5167   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5168   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5169     Redeclaration = true;
5170     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5171   }
5172 
5173   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5174   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5175     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5176         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5177       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5178         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5179       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5180         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5181       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5182         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5183       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5184         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5185     }
5186 
5187   return NewTD;
5188 }
5189 
5190 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5191 /// previous declaration.
5192 ///
5193 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5194 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5195 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5196 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5197 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5198 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5199 ///
5200 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5201 /// lookup
5202 ///
5203 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5204 /// declared.
5205 ///
5206 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5207 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5208 static bool
5209 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5210                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5211   if (!PrevDecl)
5212     return false;
5213 
5214   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5215     return false;
5216 
5217   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5218     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5219     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5220     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5221     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5222     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5223     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5224     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5225     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5226       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5227       return false;
5228 
5229     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5230     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5231       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5232       return false;
5233 
5234     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5235     // previous declarations.
5236     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5237     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5238 
5239     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5240     // isn't the same function.
5241     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5242       return false;
5243   }
5244 
5245   return true;
5246 }
5247 
5248 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5249   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5250   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5251   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5252 }
5253 
5254 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5255   QualType type = decl->getType();
5256   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5257   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5258     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5259     unsigned kind = -1U;
5260     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5261       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5262         kind = 0; // __block
5263       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5264         kind = 1; // global
5265     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5266       kind = 3; // ivar
5267     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5268       kind = 2; // field
5269     }
5270 
5271     if (kind != -1U) {
5272       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5273         << kind;
5274     }
5275   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5276     // Try to infer lifetime.
5277     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5278       return false;
5279 
5280     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5281     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5282     decl->setType(type);
5283   }
5284 
5285   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5286     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5287     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5288         var->getTLSKind()) {
5289       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5290         << var->getType();
5291       return true;
5292     }
5293   }
5294 
5295   return false;
5296 }
5297 
5298 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5299   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5300   // the wrong linkage.
5301   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5302 
5303   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5304   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5305     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5306       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5307       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5308     }
5309   }
5310   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5311     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5312       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5313       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5314       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5315     }
5316   }
5317 
5318   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5319     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5320       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5321         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5322                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5323         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5324         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5325       }
5326     }
5327   }
5328 
5329   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5330   // It does not apply to functions.
5331   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5332     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5333       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5334              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5335       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5336     }
5337   }
5338 
5339   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5340   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5341     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5342       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5343         << &ND << Attr;
5344       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5345     }
5346   }
5347 }
5348 
5349 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5350                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5351                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5352   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5353     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5354   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5355     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5356 
5357   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5358     return;
5359 
5360   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5361   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5362   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5363   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5364 
5365   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5366   // inherited attribute instances.
5367   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5368                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5369 
5370   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5371   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5372   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5373   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5374   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5375 
5376   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5377     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5378     // free functions and global variables.
5379     bool JustWarn = false;
5380     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5381       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5382       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5383         JustWarn = true;
5384       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5385       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5386         JustWarn = true;
5387     }
5388 
5389     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5390                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5391     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5392         << NewDecl
5393         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5394     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5395     if (!JustWarn) {
5396       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5397       return;
5398     }
5399   }
5400 
5401   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5402   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5403   // and qualified friend declarations.
5404   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5405   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5406   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5407     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5408     // separately.
5409     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5410   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5411     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5412     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5413                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5414   }
5415 
5416   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5417       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5418     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5419            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5420       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5421     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5422     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5423     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5424     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5425   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5426              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5427     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5428     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5429     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5430     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5431            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5432         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5433   }
5434 }
5435 
5436 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5437 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5438 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5439 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5440   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5441 
5442   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5443   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5444 
5445   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5446   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5447     return false;
5448 
5449   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5450 
5451 #ifndef NDEBUG
5452   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5453   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5454   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5455   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5456   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5457 #endif
5458 
5459   bool isC99Inline =
5460       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5461 
5462 #ifndef NDEBUG
5463   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5464 #endif
5465 
5466   return isC99Inline;
5467 }
5468 
5469 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5470 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5471 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5472 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5473 ///
5474 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5475 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5476 ///
5477 /// For instance:
5478 ///
5479 ///   auto x = []{};
5480 ///
5481 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5482 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5483 ///
5484 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5485 template<typename T>
5486 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5487   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5488     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5489     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5490       return false;
5491   }
5492   return D->isExternC();
5493 }
5494 
5495 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5496   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5497   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5498     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5499   if (DC->isFileContext())
5500     return true;
5501   if (DC->isRecord())
5502     return false;
5503   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5504 }
5505 
5506 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5507   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5508   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5509     return true;
5510   if (DC->isRecord())
5511     return false;
5512   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5513 }
5514 
5515 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5516                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5517   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5518     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5519       return true;
5520   return false;
5521 }
5522 
5523 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5524                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5525   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5526   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5527     return true;
5528 
5529   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5530   // position to the decl itself.
5531   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5532     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5533       return true;
5534   }
5535 
5536   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5537   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5538 }
5539 
5540 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5541 /// function-local external declaration.
5542 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5543   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5544     return false;
5545 
5546   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5547   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5548   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5549   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5550     return true;
5551 
5552   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5553   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5554   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5555   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5556   //
5557   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5558   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5559   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5560     DC = DC->getParent();
5561   return true;
5562 }
5563 
5564 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration is TU-scoped and externally
5565 /// visible.
5566 static bool isDeclTUScopedExternallyVisible(const Decl *D) {
5567   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5568     return (FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() || FD->isExternC()) &&
5569            FD->hasExternalFormalLinkage();
5570   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5571     return (VD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() || VD->isExternC()) &&
5572            VD->hasExternalFormalLinkage();
5573 
5574   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5575 }
5576 
5577 NamedDecl *
5578 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5579                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5580                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5581                               bool &AddToScope) {
5582   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5583   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5584 
5585   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5586   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5587 
5588   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5589   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5590   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5591       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5592       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5593     SC = SC_Extern;
5594 
5595   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5596   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5597                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5598 
5599   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5600     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5601     QualType NR = R;
5602     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5603       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5604         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5605         D.setInvalidType();
5606         break;
5607       }
5608       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5609     }
5610 
5611     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5612       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5613       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5614       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5615         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5616         D.setInvalidType();
5617       }
5618     }
5619   }
5620 
5621   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5622     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5623     // an error here
5624     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5625     D.setInvalidType();
5626     SC = SC_None;
5627   }
5628 
5629   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5630       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5631                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5632     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5633     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5634     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5635     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5636          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5637       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5638   }
5639 
5640   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5641   if (!II) {
5642     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5643       << Name;
5644     return nullptr;
5645   }
5646 
5647   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5648 
5649   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5650     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5651     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5652     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5653     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5654       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5655       D.setInvalidType();
5656     }
5657   }
5658 
5659   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5660     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5661     // OpenCL __local address space.
5662     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5663       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5664     }
5665 
5666     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5667     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5668     // space qualifiers.
5669     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5670       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5671       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5672     }
5673 
5674     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5675     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5676     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5677     // address space qualifiers.
5678     if (R->isEventT()) {
5679       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5680         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5681         D.setInvalidType();
5682       }
5683 
5684       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5685         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5686         D.setInvalidType();
5687       }
5688     }
5689   }
5690 
5691   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5692   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5693   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5694   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5695   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5696   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5697   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5698   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5699     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5700                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5701                             R, TInfo, SC);
5702 
5703     if (D.isInvalidType())
5704       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5705   } else {
5706     bool Invalid = false;
5707 
5708     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5709       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5710       switch (SC) {
5711       case SC_None:
5712         break;
5713       case SC_Static:
5714         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5715              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5716           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5717         break;
5718       case SC_Auto:
5719       case SC_Register:
5720       case SC_Extern:
5721         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5722         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5723         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5724         // of class members
5725 
5726         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5727              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5728           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5729         break;
5730       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5731         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5732       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5733         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5734       }
5735     }
5736 
5737     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5738       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5739         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5740           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5741                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5742             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5743 
5744         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5745         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5746         if (RD->isUnion())
5747           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5748                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5749                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5750                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5751         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5752         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5753           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5754                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5755             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5756       }
5757     }
5758 
5759     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5760     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5761     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5762         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5763         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5764         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5765             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5766             : nullptr,
5767         TemplateParamLists,
5768         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5769 
5770     if (TemplateParams) {
5771       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5772           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5773         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5774         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5775         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5776              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5777           << II
5778           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5779                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5780         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5781       } else {
5782         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5783           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5784           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5785           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5786           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5787         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5788           // This is a template declaration.
5789           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5790 
5791           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5792           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5793             return nullptr;
5794 
5795           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5796           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5797                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5798                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5799                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5800         }
5801       }
5802     } else {
5803       assert(
5804           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5805           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5806     }
5807 
5808     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5809       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5810           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5811               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5812               : SourceLocation();
5813       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5814           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5815           IsPartialSpecialization);
5816       if (Res.isInvalid())
5817         return nullptr;
5818       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5819       AddToScope = false;
5820     } else
5821       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5822                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5823 
5824     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5825     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5826       NewTemplate =
5827           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5828                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5829       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5830     }
5831 
5832     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5833     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5834     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5835       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5836 
5837     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5838       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5839       if (NewTemplate)
5840         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5841     }
5842 
5843     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5844 
5845     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5846     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5847     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5848     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5849       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5850           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5851           TemplateParamLists.data());
5852 
5853     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5854       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5855   }
5856 
5857   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5858   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5859   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5860   if (NewTemplate)
5861     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5862 
5863   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5864     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5865 
5866   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5867   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5868     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5869     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5870     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5871     //   explicitly.
5872     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5873     //   'extern'.
5874     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5875         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5876          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5877          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5878       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5879            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5880         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5881     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5882       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5883         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5884         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5885         // error should be ignored.
5886         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5887         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5888         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5889         // to emit any code for it.
5890         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5891       } else
5892         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5893              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5894     } else
5895       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5896   }
5897 
5898   // C99 6.7.4p3
5899   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5900   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5901   //   thread storage duration...
5902   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5903   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5904   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5905   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5906   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5907   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5908       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5909     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5910     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5911       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5912            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5913       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5914     }
5915   }
5916 
5917   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5918     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5919       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5920           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5921           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5922                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5923     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5924       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5925         << 2
5926         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5927     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5928       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5929         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5930         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5931         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5932     else {
5933       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5934       if (NewTemplate)
5935         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5936     }
5937   }
5938 
5939   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5940   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5941 
5942   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5943     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5944       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5945            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5946     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5947     // storage [duration]."
5948     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5949         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5950          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5951       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5952     }
5953   }
5954 
5955   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5956   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5957   // check the VarDecl itself.
5958   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5959          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5960          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5961 
5962   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5963   // retainable type.
5964   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5965     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5966 
5967   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5968   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5969     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5970     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5971     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5972     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5973       switch (SC) {
5974       case SC_None:
5975       case SC_Auto:
5976         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5977         break;
5978       case SC_Register:
5979         // Local Named register
5980         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5981           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5982         break;
5983       case SC_Static:
5984       case SC_Extern:
5985       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5986       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5987         break;
5988       }
5989     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5990       // Global Named register
5991       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5992         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5993       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5994         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5995         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5996       }
5997     }
5998 
5999     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6000                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6001   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty() &&
6002              isDeclTUScopedExternallyVisible(NewVD)) {
6003     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6004       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6005     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6006       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6007       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6008     }
6009   }
6010 
6011   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6012   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6013     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6014 
6015   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6016   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6017   // declaration has linkage).
6018   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6019                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6020                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6021                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6022 
6023   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6024   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6025   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6026       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6027     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6028         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6029         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6030 
6031   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6032     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6033   } else {
6034     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6035     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6036         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6037       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6038 
6039     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6040     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6041       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6042           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6043           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6044         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6045         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6046         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6047           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6048         Previous.clear();
6049         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6050       }
6051     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6052       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6053       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6054         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6055         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6056       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6057     }
6058 
6059     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6060       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6061 
6062     if (NewTemplate) {
6063       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6064           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6065               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6066               : nullptr;
6067 
6068       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6069       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6070       // template declaration.
6071       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6072               TemplateParams,
6073               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6074                               : nullptr,
6075               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6076                DC->isDependentContext())
6077                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6078                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6079         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6080 
6081       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6082       // template, make a note of that.
6083       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6084           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6085         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6086     }
6087   }
6088 
6089   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6090 
6091   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6092   // the map of such variables.
6093   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6094       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6095     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6096 
6097   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6098     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6099     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6100             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6101       Context.setManglingNumber(
6102           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6103                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6104       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6105     }
6106   }
6107 
6108   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6109     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6110         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6111         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6112   }
6113 
6114   if (NewTemplate) {
6115     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6116       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6117     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6118     return NewTemplate;
6119   }
6120 
6121   return NewVD;
6122 }
6123 
6124 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6125 /// -Wshadow.
6126 ///
6127 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6128 /// scope.
6129 ///
6130 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6131 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6132 ///
6133 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6134   // Return if warning is ignored.
6135   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6136     return;
6137 
6138   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6139   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6140     return;
6141 
6142   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6143 
6144   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6145   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6146     return;
6147 
6148   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6149   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6150     return;
6151 
6152   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6153   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6154     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6155       if (MD->isStatic())
6156         return;
6157 
6158   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6159     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6160       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6161       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6162       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6163         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6164           ShadowedDecl = I;
6165           break;
6166         }
6167     }
6168 
6169   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6170 
6171   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6172   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6173     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6174     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6175       return;
6176 
6177     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6178     // static data members from base classes?
6179 
6180     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6181     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6182     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6183   }
6184 
6185   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6186   unsigned Kind;
6187   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6188     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6189       Kind = 3; // field
6190     else
6191       Kind = 2; // static data member
6192   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6193     Kind = 1; // global
6194   else
6195     Kind = 0; // local
6196 
6197   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6198 
6199   // Emit warning and note.
6200   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6201     return;
6202   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6203   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6204 }
6205 
6206 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6207 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6208   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6209     return;
6210 
6211   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6212                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6213   LookupName(R, S);
6214   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6215 }
6216 
6217 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6218 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6219 template<typename T>
6220 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6221     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6222   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6223   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6224 
6225   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6226     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6227     // declaration.
6228     return false;
6229   }
6230 
6231   if (Prev) {
6232     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6233       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6234       // redeclaration.
6235       Previous.clear();
6236       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6237       return true;
6238     }
6239 
6240     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6241     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6242     // declaration.
6243     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6244       return false;
6245   } else {
6246     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6247     // translation unit which might conflict.
6248     if (IsGlobal) {
6249       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6250       IsGlobal = false;
6251       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6252            I != E; ++I) {
6253         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6254           Prev = *I;
6255           break;
6256         }
6257       }
6258     } else {
6259       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6260           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6261       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6262            I != E; ++I) {
6263         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6264           Prev = *I;
6265           break;
6266         }
6267         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6268         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6269         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6270         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6271         // diagnostic.
6272       }
6273     }
6274 
6275     if (!Prev)
6276       return false;
6277   }
6278 
6279   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6280   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6281   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6282   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6283     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6284   else
6285     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6286 
6287   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6288     << IsGlobal << ND;
6289   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6290     << IsGlobal;
6291   return false;
6292 }
6293 
6294 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6295 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6296 ///
6297 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6298 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6299 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6300 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6301 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6302 template<typename T>
6303 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6304                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6305   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6306     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6307     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6308     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6309     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6310       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6311         Previous.clear();
6312         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6313         return true;
6314       }
6315     }
6316     return false;
6317   }
6318 
6319   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6320   // declaration.
6321   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6322     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6323 
6324   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6325   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6326   // in another scope.
6327   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6328     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6329 
6330   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6331   return false;
6332 }
6333 
6334 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6335   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6336   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6337     return;
6338 
6339   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6340   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6341 
6342   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6343   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6344     return;
6345 
6346   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6347     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6348 
6349   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6350     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6351       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6352     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6353     NewVD->setType(T);
6354   }
6355 
6356   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6357   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6358   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6359   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6360   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6361     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6362     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6363     return;
6364   }
6365 
6366   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6367   // __constant address space.
6368   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6369       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6370       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6371     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6372     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6373     return;
6374   }
6375 
6376   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6377   // scope.
6378   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6379       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6380     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6381     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6382     return;
6383   }
6384 
6385   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6386       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6387     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6388       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6389     else {
6390       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6391       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6392     }
6393   }
6394 
6395   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6396   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6397       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6398     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6399 
6400   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6401       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6402     bool SizeIsNegative;
6403     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6404     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6405       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6406                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6407     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6408       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6409       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6410       // int a[10][n];
6411       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6412 
6413       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6414         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6415         << SizeRange;
6416       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6417         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6418         << SizeRange;
6419       else
6420         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6421         << SizeRange;
6422       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6423       return;
6424     }
6425 
6426     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6427       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6428         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6429       else
6430         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6431       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6432       return;
6433     }
6434 
6435     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6436     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6437     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6438   }
6439 
6440   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6441     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6442     //                    of objects and functions.
6443     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6444       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6445         << T;
6446       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6447       return;
6448     }
6449   }
6450 
6451   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6452     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6453     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6454     return;
6455   }
6456 
6457   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6458     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6459     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6460     return;
6461   }
6462 
6463   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6464       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6465                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6466     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6467     return;
6468   }
6469 }
6470 
6471 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6472 /// declaration.
6473 ///
6474 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6475 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6476 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6477 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6478 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6479 ///
6480 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6481 ///
6482 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6483 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6484   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6485 
6486   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6487   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6488     return false;
6489 
6490   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6491   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6492   if (Previous.empty() &&
6493       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6494     Previous.setShadowed();
6495 
6496   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6497   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewVD, Previous);
6498 
6499   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6500     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6501     return true;
6502   }
6503   return false;
6504 }
6505 
6506 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6507 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6508   Sema *S;
6509   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6510 };
6511 
6512 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6513 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6514 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6515 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6516                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6517                                  void *UserData) {
6518   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6519 
6520   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6521     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6522 
6523   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6524 
6525   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6526   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6527     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6528     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6529     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6530 
6531     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6532   }
6533 
6534   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6535        !Path.Decls.empty();
6536        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6537     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6538     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6539       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6540         return true;
6541     }
6542   }
6543 
6544   return false;
6545 }
6546 
6547 namespace {
6548   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6549 }
6550 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6551 /// overriden methods.
6552 ///
6553 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6554 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6555 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6556 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6557                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6558   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6559   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6560                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6561        I != E; ++I) {
6562     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6563     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6564     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6565     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6566         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6567         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6568       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6569   }
6570 }
6571 
6572 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6573 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6574 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6575   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6576   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6577   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6578   Data.Method = MD;
6579   Data.S = this;
6580   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6581   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6582   bool AddedAny = false;
6583   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6584     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6585       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6586         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6587         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6588             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6589             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6590             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6591           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6592           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6593           AddedAny = true;
6594         }
6595       }
6596     }
6597   }
6598 
6599   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6600     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6601   }
6602   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6603     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6604   }
6605 
6606   return AddedAny;
6607 }
6608 
6609 namespace {
6610   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6611   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6612   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6613     Scope *S;
6614     Declarator &D;
6615     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6616     bool AddToScope;
6617   };
6618 }
6619 
6620 namespace {
6621 
6622 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6623 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6624 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6625  public:
6626   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6627                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6628       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6629         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6630 
6631   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6632     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6633       return false;
6634 
6635     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6636     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6637                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6638          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6639       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6640 
6641       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6642           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6643         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6644           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6645           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6646             return true;
6647         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6648           return true;
6649         }
6650       }
6651     }
6652 
6653     return false;
6654   }
6655 
6656  private:
6657   ASTContext &Context;
6658   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6659   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6660 };
6661 
6662 }
6663 
6664 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6665 ///
6666 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6667 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6668 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6669 /// the same name.
6670 ///
6671 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6672 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6673 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6674     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6675     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6676   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6677   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6678   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6679   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6680   TypoCorrection Correction;
6681   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6682   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6683                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6684   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6685                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6686                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6687                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6688 
6689   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6690   if (IsLocalFriend)
6691     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6692   else
6693     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6694   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6695          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6696   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6697   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6698     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6699          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6700       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6701       if (FD &&
6702           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6703         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6704         // involve a parameter
6705         unsigned ParamNum =
6706             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6707         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6708       }
6709     }
6710   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6711   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6712                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6713                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6714                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6715                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6716                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6717     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6718     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6719                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6720     Previous.clear();
6721     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6722     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6723                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6724          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6725       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6726       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6727           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6728         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6729       }
6730     }
6731     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6732 
6733     NamedDecl *Result;
6734     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6735     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6736     {
6737       // Trap errors.
6738       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6739 
6740       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6741       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6742       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6743       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6744           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6745           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6746           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6747           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6748 
6749       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6750         Result = nullptr;
6751     }
6752 
6753     if (Result) {
6754       // Determine which correction we picked.
6755       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6756       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6757            I != E; ++I)
6758         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6759           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6760 
6761       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6762           Correction,
6763           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6764                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6765                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6766             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6767       return Result;
6768     }
6769 
6770     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6771     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6772                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6773     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6774     Previous.clear();
6775     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6776   }
6777 
6778   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6779       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6780 
6781   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6782   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6783     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6784 
6785   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6786        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6787        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6788     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6789     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6790     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6791     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6792 
6793     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6794     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6795       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6796       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6797       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6798       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6799                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6800         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6801         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6802     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6803       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6804           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6805     } else
6806       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6807                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6808                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6809   }
6810   return nullptr;
6811 }
6812 
6813 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6814   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6815   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6816   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6817   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6818   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6819     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6820                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6821     D.setInvalidType();
6822     break;
6823   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6824   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6825     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6826       return SC_None;
6827     return SC_Extern;
6828   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6829     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6830       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6831       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6832       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6833       //   other than extern
6834       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6835       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6836                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6837       break;
6838     } else
6839       return SC_Static;
6840   }
6841   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6842   }
6843 
6844   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6845   return SC_None;
6846 }
6847 
6848 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6849                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6850                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6851                                            StorageClass SC,
6852                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6853   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6854   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6855 
6856   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6857   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6858 
6859   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6860     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6861     // prototype. This true when:
6862     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6863     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6864     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6865     bool HasPrototype =
6866       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6867       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6868 
6869     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6870                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6871                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6872                                  HasPrototype, false);
6873     if (D.isInvalidType())
6874       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6875 
6876     return NewFD;
6877   }
6878 
6879   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6880   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6881 
6882   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6883   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6884   // the class has been completely parsed.
6885   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6886       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6887           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6888           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6889     D.setInvalidType();
6890 
6891   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6892     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6893     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6894            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6895 
6896     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6897     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6898                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6899                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6900                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6901                                       isConstexpr);
6902 
6903   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6904     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6905     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6906       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6907       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6908       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6909                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6910                                         D.getLocStart(),
6911                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6912                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6913 
6914       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6915       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6916       // it yet.
6917       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6918           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6919           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6920         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6921       }
6922 
6923       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6924       return NewDD;
6925 
6926     } else {
6927       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6928       D.setInvalidType();
6929 
6930       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6931       // code path.
6932       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6933                                   D.getLocStart(),
6934                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6935                                   SC, isInline,
6936                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6937     }
6938 
6939   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6940     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6941       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6942            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6943       return nullptr;
6944     }
6945 
6946     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6947     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6948     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6949                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6950                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6951                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6952 
6953   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6954     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6955     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6956     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6957     // constructor if it has no return type).
6958     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6959         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6960       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6961         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6962         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6963       return nullptr;
6964     }
6965 
6966     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6967     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6968                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6969                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6970                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6971                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6972     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6973     return Ret;
6974   } else {
6975     bool isFriend =
6976         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6977     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
6978       return nullptr;
6979 
6980     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6981     // prototype. This true when:
6982     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6983     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6984                                 D.getLocStart(),
6985                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6986                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6987   }
6988 }
6989 
6990 enum OpenCLParamType {
6991   ValidKernelParam,
6992   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6993   PtrKernelParam,
6994   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6995   InvalidKernelParam,
6996   RecordKernelParam
6997 };
6998 
6999 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7000   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7001     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7002     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7003       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7004     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7005                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7006   }
7007 
7008   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7009   // be used as builtin types.
7010 
7011   if (PT->isImageType())
7012     return PtrKernelParam;
7013 
7014   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7015     return InvalidKernelParam;
7016 
7017   if (PT->isEventT())
7018     return InvalidKernelParam;
7019 
7020   if (PT->isHalfType())
7021     return InvalidKernelParam;
7022 
7023   if (PT->isRecordType())
7024     return RecordKernelParam;
7025 
7026   return ValidKernelParam;
7027 }
7028 
7029 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7030   Sema &S,
7031   Declarator &D,
7032   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7033   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7034   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7035 
7036   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7037   // used again
7038   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7039     return;
7040 
7041   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7042   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7043     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7044     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7045     // pointer to a pointer type.
7046     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7047     D.setInvalidType();
7048     return;
7049 
7050   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7051     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7052     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7053     // pointer to the private address space.
7054     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7055     D.setInvalidType();
7056     return;
7057 
7058     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7059     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7060     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7061     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7062     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7063 
7064   case InvalidKernelParam:
7065     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7066     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7067     // of event_t type.
7068     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7069     D.setInvalidType();
7070     return;
7071 
7072   case PtrKernelParam:
7073   case ValidKernelParam:
7074     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7075     return;
7076 
7077   case RecordKernelParam:
7078     break;
7079   }
7080 
7081   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7082   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7083 
7084   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7085   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7086   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7087   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7088 
7089   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7090   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7091 
7092   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7093 
7094   do {
7095     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7096     if (!Next) {
7097       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7098       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7099       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7100         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7101 
7102       continue;
7103     }
7104 
7105     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7106     // field itself) to the history stack.
7107     const RecordDecl *RD;
7108     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7109       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7110       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7111     } else {
7112       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7113     }
7114 
7115     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7116     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7117 
7118     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7119       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7120 
7121       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7122         continue;
7123 
7124       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7125       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7126         continue;
7127 
7128       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7129         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7130         continue;
7131       }
7132 
7133       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7134       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7135       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7136       // union.
7137       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7138           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7139         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7140                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7141           << PT->isUnionType()
7142           << PT;
7143       } else {
7144         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7145       }
7146 
7147       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7148         << PD->getDeclName();
7149 
7150       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7151       // the offending field came from
7152       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7153                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7154                E = HistoryStack.end();
7155            I != E; ++I) {
7156         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7157         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7158           << OuterField->getType();
7159       }
7160 
7161       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7162         << QT->isPointerType()
7163         << QT;
7164       D.setInvalidType();
7165       return;
7166     }
7167   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7168 }
7169 
7170 NamedDecl*
7171 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7172                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7173                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7174                               bool &AddToScope) {
7175   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7176 
7177   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7178 
7179   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7180   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7181   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7182   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7183 
7184   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7185     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7186          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7187       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7188 
7189   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7190     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7191 
7192   bool isFriend = false;
7193   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7194   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7195   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7196 
7197   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7198   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7199   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7200 
7201   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7202 
7203   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7204   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7205 
7206   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7207                                               isVirtualOkay);
7208   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7209 
7210   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7211     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7212 
7213   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7214   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7215   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7216   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7217 
7218   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7219     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7220 
7221   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7222     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7223     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7224     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7225     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7226     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7227     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7228       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7229       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7230       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7231       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7232     }
7233 
7234     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7235     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7236     // return true).
7237     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7238           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7239       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7240         NewFD->setPure(true);
7241 
7242       // C++ [class.union]p2
7243       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7244       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7245         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7246     }
7247 
7248     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7249     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7250     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7251     if (D.isInvalidType())
7252       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7253 
7254     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7255     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7256     bool Invalid = false;
7257     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7258             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7259                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7260                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7261                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7262                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7263                     : nullptr,
7264                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7265                 Invalid)) {
7266       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7267         // This is a function template
7268 
7269         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7270         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7271           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7272 
7273         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7274         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7275           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7276           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7277         }
7278 
7279         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7280         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7281         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7282         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7283           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7284           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7285             Invalid = true;
7286         }
7287 
7288 
7289         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7290                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7291                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7292                                                         NewFD);
7293         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7294         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7295 
7296         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7297         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7298           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7299                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7300                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7301         }
7302       } else {
7303         // This is a function template specialization.
7304         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7305         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7306         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7307           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7308                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7309                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7310 
7311         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7312         if (isFriend) {
7313           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7314           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7315 
7316           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7317           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7318           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7319           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7320           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7321           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7322           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7323             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7324             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7325           }
7326 
7327           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7328             << Name << RemoveRange
7329             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7330             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7331         }
7332       }
7333     }
7334     else {
7335       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7336       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7337       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7338         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7339         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7340                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7341                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7342     }
7343 
7344     if (Invalid) {
7345       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7346       if (FunctionTemplate)
7347         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7348     }
7349 
7350     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7351     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7352     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7353     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7354     //
7355     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7356       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7357         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7358              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7359       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7360         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7361         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7362              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7363           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7364       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7365         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7366         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7367         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7368              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7369           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7370       } else {
7371         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7372         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7373       }
7374 
7375       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7376           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7377         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7378     }
7379 
7380     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7381         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7382          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7383         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7384       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7385       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7386       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7387       // thing to do.
7388       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7389       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7390       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7391           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7392       QualType Result =
7393           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7394       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7395                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7396     }
7397 
7398     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7399     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7400     //  declaration.
7401     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7402       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7403         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7404         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7405              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7406           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7407       }
7408     }
7409 
7410     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7411     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7412     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7413     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7414     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7415       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7416         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7417         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7418              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7419           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7420       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7421                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7422         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7423         // or conversion function.
7424         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7425              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7426           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7427       }
7428     }
7429 
7430     if (isConstexpr) {
7431       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7432       // are implicitly inline.
7433       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7434 
7435       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7436       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7437       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7438       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7439         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7440     }
7441 
7442     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7443     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7444       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7445         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7446           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7447         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7448           << 0
7449           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7450       } else {
7451         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7452         if (FunctionTemplate)
7453           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7454       }
7455     }
7456 
7457     if (isFriend) {
7458       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7459         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7460         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7461       }
7462       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7463       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7464     }
7465 
7466     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7467     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7468     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7469     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7470       case FDK_Declaration:
7471       case FDK_Definition:
7472         break;
7473 
7474       case FDK_Defaulted:
7475         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7476         break;
7477 
7478       case FDK_Deleted:
7479         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7480         break;
7481     }
7482 
7483     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7484         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7485       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7486       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7487       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7488       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7489     }
7490 
7491     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7492         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7493       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7494       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7495       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7496       //   the class.
7497 
7498       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7499       // member function definition.
7500       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7501            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7502         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7503     }
7504 
7505     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7506     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7507     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7508     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7509     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7510          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7511         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7512       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7513           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7514           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7515   }
7516 
7517   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7518   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7519                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7520                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7521                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7522 
7523   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7524   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7525     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7526     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7527     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7528                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7529   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty() &&
7530              isDeclTUScopedExternallyVisible(NewFD)) {
7531     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7532       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7533     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7534       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7535       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7536     }
7537   }
7538 
7539   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7540   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7541   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7542   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7543     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7544 
7545     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7546     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7547     // single void argument.
7548     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7549     // already checks for that case.
7550     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7551       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7552         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7553         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7554         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7555         Params.push_back(Param);
7556 
7557         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7558           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7559       }
7560     }
7561 
7562   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7563     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7564     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7565     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7566     //
7567     // @code
7568     // typedef void fn(int);
7569     // fn f;
7570     // @endcode
7571 
7572     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7573     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7574       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7575           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7576       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7577       Params.push_back(Param);
7578     }
7579   } else {
7580     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7581            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7582   }
7583 
7584   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7585   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7586 
7587   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7588   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7589   //
7590   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7591   //
7592   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7593   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7594   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7595 
7596   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7597     NewFD->addAttr(
7598         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7599                                        Context, 0));
7600 
7601   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7602   // because all functions have linkage.
7603   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7604       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7605     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7606     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7607   }
7608 
7609   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7610   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7611       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7612     NewFD->addAttr(
7613         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7614                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7615                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7616     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7617                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7618                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7619                      NewFD))
7620       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7621   }
7622 
7623   // Handle attributes.
7624   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7625 
7626   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7627     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7628     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7629     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7630     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7631         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7632         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7633       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7634            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7635       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7636     }
7637   }
7638 
7639   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7640     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7641     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7642     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7643       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7644 
7645     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7646       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7647 
7648     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7649       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7650                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7651     else if (!Previous.empty())
7652       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7653       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7654     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7655             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7656            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7657 
7658     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7659     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7660     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7661     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7662     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7663       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7664       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7665         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7666         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7667         int DiagID =
7668             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7669         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7670             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7671       }
7672     }
7673   } else {
7674     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7675     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7676     //
7677     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7678     //
7679     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7680     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7681     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7682         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7683         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7684       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7685            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7686         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7687 
7688     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7689     // argument list into our AST format.
7690     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7691       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7692       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7693       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7694       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7695                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7696       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7697                                  TemplateArgs);
7698 
7699       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7700 
7701       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7702         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7703       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7704         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7705         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7706           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7707 
7708         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7709       } else {
7710         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7711                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7712                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7713         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7714         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7715       }
7716     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7717       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7718       // wrote something like:
7719       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7720       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7721       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7722       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7723       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7724       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7725       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7726     }
7727 
7728     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7729     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7730     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7731     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7732     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7733     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7734         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7735          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7736             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7737             InstantiationDependent))) {
7738       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7739              "friend function specialization without template args");
7740       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7741                                                        Previous))
7742         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7743     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7744       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7745           && !isFriend) {
7746         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7747         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7748           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7749           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7750           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7751       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7752                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7753                                                            : nullptr),
7754                                                      Previous))
7755         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7756 
7757       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7758       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7759       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7760       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7761           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7762       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7763         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7764           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7765                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7766             << SC
7767             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7768                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7769 
7770         else
7771           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7772                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7773             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7774                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7775       }
7776 
7777     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7778       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7779           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7780     }
7781 
7782     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7783     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7784       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7785         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7786 
7787       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7788         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7789 
7790       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7791         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7792                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7793       else if (!Previous.empty())
7794         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7795         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7796     }
7797 
7798     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7799             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7800            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7801 
7802     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7803                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7804                                 : NewFD);
7805 
7806     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7807       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7808       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7809         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7810 
7811       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7812       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7813     }
7814 
7815     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7816         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7817       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7818 
7819     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7820     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7821     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7822       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7823                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7824       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7825                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7826                                     : nullptr,
7827                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7828                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7829                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7830                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7831                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7832                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7833                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7834                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7835                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7836     }
7837 
7838     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7839       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7840     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7841       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7842                                        AddToScope };
7843       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7844       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7845         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7846 
7847       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7848       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7849         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7850         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7851 
7852         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7853         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7854         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7855         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7856         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7857         // can actually do this check immediately.
7858         if (isFriend &&
7859             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7860              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7861              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7862           // ignore these
7863         } else {
7864           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7865           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7866           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7867           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7868           //
7869           // class X {
7870           //   void f() const;
7871           // };
7872           //
7873           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7874           //
7875           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7876           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7877           // whether the parameter types are references).
7878 
7879           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7880                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7881             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7882             return Result;
7883           }
7884         }
7885 
7886         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7887         // to something.
7888       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7889         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7890                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7891           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7892           return Result;
7893         }
7894       }
7895 
7896     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7897                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7898                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7899                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7900       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7901       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7902       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7903       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7904       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7905       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7906       // generate them.
7907       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7908         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7909     }
7910   }
7911 
7912   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7913   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7914 
7915   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7916 
7917   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7918       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7919     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7920          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7921       << NewFD;
7922 
7923     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7924     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7925     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7926         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7927     EPI.Variadic = true;
7928     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7929 
7930     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7931     NewFD->setType(R);
7932   }
7933 
7934   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7935   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7936   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7937     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7938 
7939   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7940   // marking the function.
7941   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7942 
7943   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7944   // a pragma.
7945   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7946     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7947 
7948   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7949   // the map of such variables.
7950   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7951       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7952     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7953 
7954   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7955   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7956 
7957   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7958     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7959         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7960         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7961   }
7962 
7963   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7964     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7965       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7966         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7967       return FunctionTemplate;
7968     }
7969   }
7970 
7971   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7972     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7973     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7974         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7975       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7976       D.setInvalidType();
7977     }
7978 
7979     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7980     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7981       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7982       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7983           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7984                                 : FixItHint());
7985       D.setInvalidType();
7986     }
7987 
7988     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7989     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7990       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7991   }
7992 
7993   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7994 
7995   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7996     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7997       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7998           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7999         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8000           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8001             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8002 
8003           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8004         }
8005       }
8006 
8007   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8008   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8009   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8010   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8011     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8012                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8013                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8014                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8015                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8016     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8017     AddToScope = false;
8018   }
8019 
8020   return NewFD;
8021 }
8022 
8023 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8024 ///
8025 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8026 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8027 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8028 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8029 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8030 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8031 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8032 ///
8033 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8034 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8035 ///
8036 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8037 ///
8038 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8039 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8040                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8041                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8042   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8043          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8044 
8045   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8046   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8047   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8048   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8049                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8050 
8051   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
8052   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous);
8053 
8054   bool Redeclaration = false;
8055   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8056 
8057   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8058   // the same name, if appropriate.
8059   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8060     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8061     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8062     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8063     // function to the scope.
8064     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8065       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8066       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8067         Redeclaration = true;
8068         OldDecl = Candidate;
8069       }
8070     } else {
8071       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8072                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8073       case Ovl_Match:
8074         Redeclaration = true;
8075         break;
8076 
8077       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8078         Redeclaration = true;
8079         break;
8080 
8081       case Ovl_Overload:
8082         Redeclaration = false;
8083         break;
8084       }
8085 
8086       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8087         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8088         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8089         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8090           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8091         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8092         if (Redeclaration)
8093           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8094         else if (!Previous.empty())
8095           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8096         if (OverloadedDecl)
8097           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8098                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8099         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8100       }
8101     }
8102   }
8103 
8104   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8105   if (!Redeclaration &&
8106       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8107     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous);
8108     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8109       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8110       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8111       Redeclaration = true;
8112       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8113       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8114 
8115       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8116       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8117         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8118           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8119             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8120           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8121                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8122           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8123         }
8124         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8125           Redeclaration = false;
8126           OldDecl = nullptr;
8127         }
8128       }
8129     }
8130   }
8131 
8132   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8133   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8134   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8135   //
8136   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8137   // definition of a static member function.
8138   //
8139   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8140   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8141   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8142   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8143       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8144       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8145     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8146     if (OldDecl)
8147       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8148     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8149       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8150         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8151       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8152       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8153       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8154                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8155 
8156       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8157       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8158       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8159         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8160         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8161                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8162           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8163 
8164         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8165           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8166       }
8167     }
8168   }
8169 
8170   if (Redeclaration) {
8171     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8172     // merged.
8173     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8174       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8175       return Redeclaration;
8176     }
8177 
8178     Previous.clear();
8179     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8180 
8181     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8182                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8183       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8184       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8185         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8186       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8187       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8188             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8189         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8190         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8191       }
8192 
8193       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8194       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8195       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8196           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8197         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8198         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8199       }
8200 
8201     } else {
8202       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8203       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8204 
8205       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8206         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8207     }
8208   }
8209 
8210   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8211 
8212   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8213     // C++-specific checks.
8214     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8215       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8216     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8217                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8218       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8219       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8220 
8221       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8222       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8223       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8224         DeclarationName Name
8225           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8226                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8227         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8228           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8229           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8230           return Redeclaration;
8231         }
8232       }
8233     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8234                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8235       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8236     }
8237 
8238     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8239     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8240       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8241           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8242           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8243         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8244           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8245           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8246             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8247           }
8248         }
8249       }
8250 
8251       if (Method->isStatic())
8252         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8253     }
8254 
8255     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8256     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8257         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8258       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8259       return Redeclaration;
8260     }
8261 
8262     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8263     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8264         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8265       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8266       return Redeclaration;
8267     }
8268 
8269     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8270     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8271     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8272     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8273       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8274 
8275     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8276     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8277     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8278       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8279       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8280       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8281       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8282         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8283         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8284         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8285       }
8286     }
8287 
8288     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8289     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8290     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8291     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8292     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8293       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8294       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8295         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8296             << NewFD << R;
8297       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8298                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8299         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8300     }
8301   }
8302   return Redeclaration;
8303 }
8304 
8305 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8306   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8307   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8308   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8309   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8310   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8311   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8312   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8313   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8314     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8315          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8316       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8317   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8318     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8319       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8320   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8321     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8322     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8323     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8324     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8325       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8326   }
8327   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8328     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8329       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8330     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8331   }
8332 
8333   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8334     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8335         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8336     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8337     return;
8338   }
8339 
8340   QualType T = FD->getType();
8341   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8342   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8343 
8344   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8345     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8346     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8347     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8348 
8349     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8350     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8351       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8352     else {
8353       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8354       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8355       if (RTRange.isValid())
8356         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8357             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8358     }
8359   } else {
8360     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8361     // set the flag which tells us that.
8362     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8363 
8364     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8365     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8366       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8367     else {
8368       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8369       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8370       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8371           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8372                                 : FixItHint());
8373       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8374     }
8375   }
8376 
8377   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8378   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8379 
8380   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8381   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8382   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8383 
8384   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8385 
8386   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8387     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8388     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8389     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8390   }
8391 
8392   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8393   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8394   // getting shifty.
8395   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8396     HasExtraParameters = false;
8397 
8398   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8399     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8400     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8401     nparams = 3;
8402   }
8403 
8404   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8405   // if we had some location information about types.
8406 
8407   QualType CharPP =
8408     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8409   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8410 
8411   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8412     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8413 
8414     bool mismatch = true;
8415 
8416     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8417       mismatch = false;
8418     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8419       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8420       //   char const **
8421       //   char const * const *
8422       //   char * const *
8423 
8424       QualifierCollector qs;
8425       const PointerType* PT;
8426       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8427           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8428           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8429                               Context.CharTy)) {
8430         qs.removeConst();
8431         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8432       }
8433     }
8434 
8435     if (mismatch) {
8436       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8437       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8438       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8439     }
8440   }
8441 
8442   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8443     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8444   }
8445 
8446   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8447     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8448     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8449   }
8450 }
8451 
8452 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8453   QualType T = FD->getType();
8454   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8455   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8456 
8457   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8458   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8459   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8460       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8461       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8462     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8463     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8464       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8465 
8466   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8467     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8468     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8469   }
8470 }
8471 
8472 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8473   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8474   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8475   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8476   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8477   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8478   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8479   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8480   // rules there don't matter.)
8481   const Expr *Culprit;
8482   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8483     return false;
8484   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8485     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8486   return true;
8487 }
8488 
8489 namespace {
8490   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8491   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8492   class SelfReferenceChecker
8493       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8494     Sema &S;
8495     Decl *OrigDecl;
8496     bool isRecordType;
8497     bool isPODType;
8498     bool isReferenceType;
8499 
8500     bool isInitList;
8501     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8502   public:
8503     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8504 
8505     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8506                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8507       isPODType = false;
8508       isRecordType = false;
8509       isReferenceType = false;
8510       isInitList = false;
8511       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8512         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8513         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8514         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8515       }
8516     }
8517 
8518     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8519     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8520     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8521     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8522       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8523       if (!InitList) {
8524         Visit(E);
8525         return;
8526       }
8527 
8528       // Track and increment the index here.
8529       isInitList = true;
8530       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8531       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8532         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8533         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8534       }
8535       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8536     }
8537 
8538     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8539     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8540     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8541       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8542       Expr *Base = E;
8543       bool ReferenceField = false;
8544 
8545       // Get the field memebers used.
8546       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8547         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8548         if (!FD)
8549           return false;
8550         Fields.push_back(FD);
8551         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8552           ReferenceField = true;
8553         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8554       }
8555 
8556       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8557       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8558       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8559         return false;
8560 
8561       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8562       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8563         return true;
8564 
8565       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8566       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8567       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8568         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8569       }
8570 
8571       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8572       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8573       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8574       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8575                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8576                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8577                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8578            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8579         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8580           return true;
8581         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8582           break;
8583       }
8584 
8585       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8586       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8587       return true;
8588     }
8589 
8590     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8591     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8592     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8593     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8594       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8595       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8596         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8597         return;
8598       }
8599 
8600       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8601         Visit(CO->getCond());
8602         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8603         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8604         return;
8605       }
8606 
8607       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8608               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8609         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8610         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8611         return;
8612       }
8613 
8614       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8615         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8616         return;
8617       }
8618 
8619       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8620         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8621           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8622           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8623           return;
8624         }
8625       }
8626 
8627       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8628         if (isInitList) {
8629           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8630                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8631             return;
8632         }
8633 
8634         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8635         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8636           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8637           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8638             return;
8639           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8640         }
8641         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8642           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8643         return;
8644       }
8645 
8646       Visit(E);
8647     }
8648 
8649     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8650     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8651     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8652       if (isReferenceType)
8653         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8654     }
8655 
8656     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8657       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8658         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8659         return;
8660       }
8661 
8662       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8663     }
8664 
8665     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8666       if (isInitList) {
8667         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8668           return;
8669       }
8670 
8671       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8672       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8673 
8674       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8675       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8676       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8677       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8678       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8679       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8680         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8681           Warn = false;
8682         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8683       }
8684 
8685       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8686         if (Warn)
8687           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8688         return;
8689       }
8690 
8691       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8692       // Visit that expression.
8693       Visit(Base);
8694     }
8695 
8696     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8697       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8698 
8699       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8700         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8701 
8702       Visit(Callee);
8703       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8704         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8705     }
8706 
8707     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8708       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8709       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8710           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8711         if (!isPODType)
8712           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8713         return;
8714       }
8715 
8716       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8717         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8718         return;
8719       }
8720 
8721       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8722     }
8723 
8724     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8725 
8726     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8727       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8728         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8729         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8730           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8731             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8732         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8733           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8734             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8735         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8736         return;
8737       }
8738       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8739     }
8740 
8741     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8742       // Treat std::move as a use.
8743       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8744         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8745           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8746               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8747             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8748             return;
8749           }
8750         }
8751       }
8752 
8753       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8754     }
8755 
8756     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8757       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8758         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8759         Visit(E->getRHS());
8760         return;
8761       }
8762 
8763       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8764     }
8765 
8766     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8767     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8768     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8769     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8770       Visit(E->getCond());
8771       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8772     }
8773 
8774     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8775       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8776       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8777       unsigned diag;
8778       if (isReferenceType) {
8779         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8780       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8781         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8782       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8783                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8784                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8785         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8786       } else {
8787         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8788         return;
8789       }
8790 
8791       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8792                             S.PDiag(diag)
8793                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8794                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8795                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8796     }
8797   };
8798 
8799   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8800   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8801                                  bool DirectInit) {
8802     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8803     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8804     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8805       return;
8806 
8807     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8808 
8809     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8810     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8811     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8812       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8813         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8814           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8815             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8816               return;
8817 
8818     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8819   }
8820 }
8821 
8822 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8823 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8824 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8825 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8826                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8827   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8828   // the initializer.
8829   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8830     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8831     return;
8832   }
8833 
8834   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8835     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8836     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8837       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8838     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8839     return;
8840   }
8841 
8842   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8843   if (!VDecl) {
8844     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8845     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8846     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8847     return;
8848   }
8849   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8850 
8851   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8852   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8853     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8854     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8855     // TypoExpr.
8856     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
8857     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8858       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8859       return;
8860     }
8861 
8862     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8863       Init = Res.get();
8864       if (CXXDirectInit)
8865         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8866     }
8867 
8868     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8869     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8870     // contains exactly one expression.
8871     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8872       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8873         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8874         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8875         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8876              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8877                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8878           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8879           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8880         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8881         return;
8882       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8883         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8884              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8885                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8886                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8887           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8888           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8889         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8890         return;
8891       } else {
8892         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8893         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8894           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8895                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8896             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8897             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8898       }
8899     }
8900 
8901     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8902     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8903     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8904         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8905       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8906       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8907         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8908         return;
8909       }
8910       Init = Result.get();
8911       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8912     }
8913 
8914     QualType DeducedType;
8915     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8916             DAR_Failed)
8917       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8918     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8919       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8920       return;
8921     }
8922     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8923     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8924 
8925     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8926     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8927       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8928 
8929     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8930     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8931     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8932     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8933     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8934         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8935       SourceLocation Loc =
8936           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8937       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8938         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8939     }
8940 
8941     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8942     // the previously declared type.
8943     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8944       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8945       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8946       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8947     }
8948 
8949     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8950     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8951     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8952       return;
8953 
8954     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8955     // we implement N3922.
8956     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8957       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8958            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8959         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8960     }
8961   }
8962 
8963   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8964   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8965     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8966     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8967     return;
8968   }
8969 
8970   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8971     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8972     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8973     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8974     return;
8975   }
8976 
8977   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8978     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8979     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8980     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8981     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8982     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8983       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8984     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8985                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8986       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8987       return;
8988     }
8989 
8990     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8991     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8992                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8993                                AbstractVariableType))
8994       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8995   }
8996 
8997   VarDecl *Def;
8998   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8999     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9000     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9001         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9002          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9003          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9004          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9005       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9006       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9007     } else {
9008       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9009         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9010       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9011       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9012       return;
9013     }
9014   }
9015 
9016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9017     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9018     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9019     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9020     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9021     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9022     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9023     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9024     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9025     //
9026     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9027     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9028     // declaration with an initializer.
9029     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9030       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9031           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9032       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9033            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9034           << 0;
9035       return;
9036     }
9037 
9038     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9039       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9040 
9041     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9042       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9043       return;
9044     }
9045   }
9046 
9047   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9048   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9049   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
9050     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9051     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9052     return;
9053   }
9054 
9055   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9056   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9057   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9058 
9059   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9060   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9061   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9062       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9063     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9064     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9065       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9066       return;
9067     }
9068     Init = Result.get();
9069   }
9070 
9071   // Perform the initialization.
9072   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9073     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9074     InitializationKind Kind
9075       = DirectInit ?
9076           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9077                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9078                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9079                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9080                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9081                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9082                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9083 
9084     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9085     if (CXXDirectInit)
9086       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9087                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9088 
9089     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9090     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9091       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9092           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9093             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9094             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9095           });
9096       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9097         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9098       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9099         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9100       }
9101     }
9102     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9103       return;
9104 
9105     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9106     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9107     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9108       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9109       return;
9110     }
9111 
9112     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9113   }
9114 
9115   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9116   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9117   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9118   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9119       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9120     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9121   }
9122 
9123   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9124   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9125   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9126   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9127   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9128     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9129 
9130   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9131     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9132 
9133     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9134       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9135 
9136     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9137     // Although this code can still have problems:
9138     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9139     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9140     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9141     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9142     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9143     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9144         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9145                          Init->getLocStart()))
9146         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9147   }
9148 
9149   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9150   //
9151   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9152   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9153   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9154   //
9155   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9156   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9157   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9158   //
9159   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9160   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9161                                           false,
9162                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9163   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9164     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9165     return;
9166   }
9167   Init = Result.get();
9168 
9169   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9170   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9171 
9172   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9173     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9174     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9175     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9176     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9177       const Expr *Culprit;
9178       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9179         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9180       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9181       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9182       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9183       // constant expressions.
9184       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9185                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9186                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9187         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9188              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9189           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9190     }
9191   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9192              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9193     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9194     //
9195     // struct S {
9196     //   static const int value = 17;
9197     // };
9198 
9199     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9200     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9201     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9202     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9203     //
9204     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9205     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9206     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9207     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9208     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9209     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9210     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9211     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9212     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9213 
9214     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9215     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9216 
9217     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9218     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9219     // type.
9220     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9221 
9222     // Require constness.
9223     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9224       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9225         << Init->getSourceRange();
9226       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9227 
9228     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9229     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9230       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9231       SourceLocation Loc;
9232       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9233         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9234         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9235         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9236       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9237         ; // Nothing to check.
9238       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9239         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9240       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9241         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9242         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9243         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9244           << Init->getSourceRange();
9245       } else {
9246         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9247         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9248         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9249           << Init->getSourceRange();
9250         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9251       }
9252 
9253     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9254     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9255       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9256       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9257       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9258         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9259              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9260             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9261         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9262              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9263             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9264       } else {
9265         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9266           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9267 
9268         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9269           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9270             << Init->getSourceRange();
9271           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9272         }
9273       }
9274 
9275     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9276     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9277       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9278         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9279         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9280       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9281 
9282     } else {
9283       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9284         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9285       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9286     }
9287   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9288     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9289         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9290          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9291            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9292         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9293       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9294 
9295     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9296     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9297       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9298   }
9299 
9300   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9301   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9302   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9303   //
9304   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9305   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9306   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9307   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9308   // special case code.
9309 
9310   // C++ 8.5p11:
9311   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9312   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9313   // class type.
9314   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9315     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9316     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9317   } else if (DirectInit) {
9318     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9319     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9320   }
9321 
9322   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9323 }
9324 
9325 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9326 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9327 /// of sanity.
9328 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9329   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9330   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9331   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9332 
9333   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9334   if (!VD) return;
9335 
9336   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9337   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9338     D->setInvalidDecl();
9339     return;
9340   }
9341 
9342   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9343   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9344 
9345   // Require a complete type.
9346   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9347                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9348                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9349     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9350     return;
9351   }
9352 
9353   // Require a non-abstract type.
9354   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9355                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9356                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9357     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9358     return;
9359   }
9360 
9361   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9362   // though.
9363 }
9364 
9365 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9366                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9367   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9368   if (!RealDecl)
9369     return;
9370 
9371   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9372     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9373 
9374     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9375     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9376       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9377         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9378       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9379       return;
9380     }
9381 
9382     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9383     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9384     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9385     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9386     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9387     // member.
9388     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9389       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9390         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9391              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9392           << Var->getDeclName();
9393       else
9394         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9395       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9396       return;
9397     }
9398 
9399     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9400     // be initialized.
9401     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9402         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9403         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9404       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9405       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9406       return;
9407     }
9408 
9409     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9410     case VarDecl::Definition:
9411       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9412         break;
9413 
9414       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9415       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9416       // a declaration.
9417       //
9418       // Fall through
9419 
9420     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9421       // It's only a declaration.
9422 
9423       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9424       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9425       // object shall be complete.
9426       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9427           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9428           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9429                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9430         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9431 
9432       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9433       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9434           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9435                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9436                                  AbstractVariableType))
9437         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9438       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9439           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9440         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9441         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9442       }
9443 
9444       return;
9445 
9446     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9447       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9448       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9449       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9450       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9451       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9452       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9453         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9454                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9455           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9456                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9457                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9458             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9459         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9460           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9461           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9462           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9463           // NOTE: code such as the following
9464           //     static struct s;
9465           //     struct s { int a; };
9466           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9467           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9468           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9469           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9470             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9471                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9472         }
9473       }
9474 
9475       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9476       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9477         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9478       return;
9479     }
9480 
9481     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9482     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9483     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9484       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9485            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9486       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9487       return;
9488     }
9489 
9490     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9491     // definitions with reference type.
9492     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9493       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9494         << Var->getDeclName()
9495         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9496       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9497       return;
9498     }
9499 
9500     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9501     // variable with dependent type.
9502     if (Type->isDependentType())
9503       return;
9504 
9505     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9506       return;
9507 
9508     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9509       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9510                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9511                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9512         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9513         return;
9514       }
9515     } else {
9516       return;
9517     }
9518 
9519     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9520     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9521                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9522                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9523       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9524       return;
9525     }
9526 
9527     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9528     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9529     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9530     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9531     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9532     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9533     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9534     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9535     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9536     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9537     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9538       if (const RecordType *Record
9539             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9540         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9541         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9542         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9543         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9544         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9545           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9546       }
9547     }
9548 
9549     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9550     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9551     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9552     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9553     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9554     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9555     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9556     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9557     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9558     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9559     //   program is ill-formed.
9560     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9561     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9562     //   default-initialized; [...].
9563     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9564     InitializationKind Kind
9565       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9566 
9567     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9568     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9569     if (Init.isInvalid())
9570       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9571     else if (Init.get()) {
9572       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9573       // This is important for template substitution.
9574       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9575     }
9576 
9577     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9578   }
9579 }
9580 
9581 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9582   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9583   if (!VD) {
9584     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9585     D->setInvalidDecl();
9586     return;
9587   }
9588 
9589   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9590 
9591   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9592   int Error = -1;
9593   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9594   case SC_None:
9595     break;
9596   case SC_Extern:
9597     Error = 0;
9598     break;
9599   case SC_Static:
9600     Error = 1;
9601     break;
9602   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9603     Error = 2;
9604     break;
9605   case SC_Auto:
9606     Error = 3;
9607     break;
9608   case SC_Register:
9609     Error = 4;
9610     break;
9611   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9612     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9613   }
9614   if (Error != -1) {
9615     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9616       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9617     D->setInvalidDecl();
9618   }
9619 }
9620 
9621 StmtResult
9622 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9623                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9624                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9625                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9626   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9627   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9628   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9629   //   is equivalent to
9630   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9631   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9632 
9633   const char *PrevSpec;
9634   unsigned DiagID;
9635   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9636                      getPrintingPolicy());
9637 
9638   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9639   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9640   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9641 
9642   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9643   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9644                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9645   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9646   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9647   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9648   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9649                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9650 }
9651 
9652 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9653   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9654 
9655   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9656   // local retaining variable.
9657   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9658       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9659     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9660     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9661     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9662     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9663       break;
9664 
9665     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9666     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9667       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9668       break;
9669     }
9670   }
9671 
9672   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9673   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9674   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9675   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9676   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9677   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9678       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9679       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9680       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9681                                   var->getLocation())) {
9682     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9683     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9684     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9685       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9686 
9687     if (!prev)
9688       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9689   }
9690 
9691   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9692     const Expr *Culprit;
9693     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9694       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9695       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9696       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9697       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9698       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9699         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9700     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9701                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9702                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9703       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9704       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9705       //   initialization.
9706       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9707       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9708         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9709       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9710         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9711     }
9712 
9713   }
9714 
9715   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9716   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9717   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9718       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9719     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9720     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9721     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9722       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9723     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9724       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9725       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9726     } else {
9727       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9728       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9729     }
9730     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9731       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9732           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9733           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9734     }
9735     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9736       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9737         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9738 
9739     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9740     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9741     // attribute.
9742     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9743       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9744                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9745   }
9746 
9747   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9748   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9749 
9750   QualType type = var->getType();
9751   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9752 
9753   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9754   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9755     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9756     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9757 
9758     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9759     // constructing this copy.
9760     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9761       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9762       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9763       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9764       ExprResult result
9765         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9766             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9767             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9768       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9769         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9770         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9771         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9772       }
9773     }
9774   }
9775 
9776   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9777   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9778   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9779 
9780   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9781       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9782     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9783         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9784                                     var->getLocation())) {
9785       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9786       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9787       // warned about them.
9788       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9789       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9790           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9791         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9792           << Init->getSourceRange();
9793     }
9794 
9795     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9796       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9797       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9798         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9799         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9800         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9801         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9802               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9803           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9804           Notes.clear();
9805         }
9806         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9807           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9808         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9809           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9810       }
9811     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9812       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9813       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9814       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9815       var->checkInitIsICE();
9816     }
9817   }
9818 
9819   // Require the destructor.
9820   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9821     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9822 }
9823 
9824 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9825 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9826 void
9827 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9828   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9829   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9830 
9831   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9832   if (!VD)
9833     return;
9834 
9835   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9836 
9837   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9838   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9839     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9840             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9841       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9842         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9843         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9844         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9845       }
9846     }
9847   }
9848 
9849   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9850   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9851 
9852   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9853   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9854     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9855         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9856       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9857       // with a warning.
9858       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9859         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9860       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9861           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9862           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9863 
9864       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9865            IsClassTemplateMember
9866                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9867                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9868       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9869       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9870         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9871     }
9872   }
9873 
9874   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9875   // isn't exported with the variable.
9876   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9877     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9878                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9879     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9880   }
9881 
9882   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9883     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9884       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9885       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9886     }
9887   }
9888 
9889   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9890   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9891   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9892   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9893     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9894 
9895   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9896   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9897       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9898     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9899 
9900   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9901   // tag values.
9902   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9903       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9904     return;
9905 
9906   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9907     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9908     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9909       continue;
9910     }
9911     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9912     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9913       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9914            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9915         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9916       continue;
9917     }
9918     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9919       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9920            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9921         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9922       continue;
9923     }
9924     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9925     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9926                                MagicValue,
9927                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9928                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9929                                I->getMustBeNull());
9930   }
9931 }
9932 
9933 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9934                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9935   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9936 
9937   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9938     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9939 
9940   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9941   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9942     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9943       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9944         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9945           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9946       Decls.push_back(D);
9947     }
9948 
9949   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9950     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9951       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
9952       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9953         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9954     }
9955   }
9956 
9957   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9958 }
9959 
9960 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9961 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9962 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9963 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9964                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9965   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9966   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9967   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9968   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9969   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9970   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9971   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9972   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9973     QualType Deduced;
9974     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9975     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9976     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9977       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9978         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9979         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9980         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9981           break;
9982         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9983         if (!U.isNull()) {
9984           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9985           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9986             Deduced = U;
9987             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9988             DeducedDecl = D;
9989           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9990             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9991                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9992               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9993               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9994               << U << D->getDeclName()
9995               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9996               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9997             D->setInvalidDecl();
9998             break;
9999           }
10000         }
10001       }
10002     }
10003   }
10004 
10005   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10006 
10007   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10008       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10009 }
10010 
10011 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10012   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10013 }
10014 
10015 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10016   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10017   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10018     return;
10019 
10020   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10021                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10022       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10023                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10024     return;
10025 
10026   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10027     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10028     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10029     // additional declaration references:
10030     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10031     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10032     //   'struct S *pS;'
10033     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10034     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10035     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10036       Group = Group.slice(1);
10037     }
10038   }
10039 
10040   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10041   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10042   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10043       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10044     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10045     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10046     //
10047     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10048     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10049     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10050     // ahead through comments.
10051     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10052       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10053   }
10054 }
10055 
10056 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10057 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10058 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10059   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10060 
10061   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10062 
10063   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10064   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10065   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10066     SC = SC_Register;
10067   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10068              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10069     SC = SC_Auto;
10070   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10071     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10072          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10073     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10074   }
10075 
10076   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10077     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10078       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10079   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10080     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10081       << 0;
10082 
10083   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10084 
10085   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10086   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10087 
10088   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10089     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10090     // parameter.
10091     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10092 
10093     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10094     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10095       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10096         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10097       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10098     }
10099   }
10100 
10101   // Ensure we have a valid name
10102   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10103   if (D.hasName()) {
10104     II = D.getIdentifier();
10105     if (!II) {
10106       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10107         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10108       D.setInvalidType(true);
10109     }
10110   }
10111 
10112   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10113   if (II) {
10114     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10115                    ForRedeclaration);
10116     LookupName(R, S);
10117     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10118       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10119       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10120         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10121         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10122         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10123         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10124       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10125         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10126         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10127 
10128         // Recover by removing the name
10129         II = nullptr;
10130         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10131         D.setInvalidType(true);
10132       }
10133     }
10134   }
10135 
10136   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10137   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10138   // looking like class members in C++.
10139   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10140                                     D.getLocStart(),
10141                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10142                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10143                                     SC);
10144 
10145   if (D.isInvalidType())
10146     New->setInvalidDecl();
10147 
10148   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10149   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10150   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10151                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10152 
10153   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10154   S->AddDecl(New);
10155   if (II)
10156     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10157 
10158   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10159 
10160   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10161     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10162       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10163       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10164       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10165 
10166   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10167     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10168   }
10169   return New;
10170 }
10171 
10172 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10173 /// typedef.
10174 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10175                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10176                                               QualType T) {
10177   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10178      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10179      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10180   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10181                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10182                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10183   Param->setImplicit();
10184   return Param;
10185 }
10186 
10187 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10188                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10189   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10190   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10191   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10192     return;
10193 
10194   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10195     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10196         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10197       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10198         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10199     }
10200   }
10201 }
10202 
10203 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10204                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10205                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10206                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10207   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10208     return;
10209 
10210   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10211   // threshold.
10212   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10213     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10214     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10215       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10216           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10217   }
10218 
10219   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10220   // threshold.
10221   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10222     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10223     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10224       continue;
10225     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10226     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10227       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10228           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10229   }
10230 }
10231 
10232 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10233                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10234                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10235                                   StorageClass SC) {
10236   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10237   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10238       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10239       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10240 
10241     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10242 
10243     // Special cases for arrays:
10244     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10245     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10246     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10247       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10248         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10249             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10250             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10251       }
10252       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10253     } else {
10254       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10255     }
10256     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10257   }
10258 
10259   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10260                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10261                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10262 
10263   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10264   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10265   // the class has been completely parsed.
10266   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10267       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10268                              AbstractParamType))
10269     New->setInvalidDecl();
10270 
10271   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10272   // passed by reference.
10273   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10274     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10275     Diag(NameLoc,
10276          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10277       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10278     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10279     New->setType(T);
10280   }
10281 
10282   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10283   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10284   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10285   // an address space.
10286   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10287     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10288     // to be qualified with an address space.
10289     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10290       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10291       New->setInvalidDecl();
10292     }
10293   }
10294 
10295   return New;
10296 }
10297 
10298 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10299                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10300   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10301 
10302   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10303   // for a K&R function.
10304   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10305     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10306       --i;
10307       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10308         SmallString<256> Code;
10309         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10310             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10311         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10312             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10313             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10314 
10315         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10316         // type.
10317         AttributeFactory attrs;
10318         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10319         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10320         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10321         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10322                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10323         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10324         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10325         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10326         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10327         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10328         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10329       }
10330     }
10331   }
10332 }
10333 
10334 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10335   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10336   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10337   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10338 
10339   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10340   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10341   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10342 }
10343 
10344 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10345   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10346 }
10347 
10348 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10349                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10350   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10351   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10352     return false;
10353 
10354   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10355   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10356     return false;
10357 
10358   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10359   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10360     return false;
10361 
10362   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10363   if (FD->isMain())
10364     return false;
10365 
10366   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10367   if (FD->isInlined())
10368     return false;
10369 
10370   // Don't warn about function templates.
10371   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10372     return false;
10373 
10374   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10375   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10376     return false;
10377 
10378   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10379   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10380     return false;
10381 
10382   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10383   if (FD->isDeleted())
10384     return false;
10385 
10386   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10387   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10388        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10389     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10390     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10391     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10392       continue;
10393 
10394     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10395     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10396       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10397     break;
10398   }
10399 
10400   return MissingPrototype;
10401 }
10402 
10403 void
10404 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10405                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10406   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10407   // was an extern inline function.
10408   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10409   if (!Definition)
10410     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10411       return;
10412 
10413   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10414     return;
10415 
10416   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10417   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10418   //
10419   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10420   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10421   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10422   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10423       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10424        Definition->isInlined() ||
10425        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10426        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10427     return;
10428 
10429   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10430       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10431     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10432         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10433   else
10434     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10435 
10436   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10437   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10438 }
10439 
10440 
10441 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10442                                    Sema &S) {
10443   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10444 
10445   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10446   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10447   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10448   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10449   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10450 
10451   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10452     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10453   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10454     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10455   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10456     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10457   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10458 
10459   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10460   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10461 
10462   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10463   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10464   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10465   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10466     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10467       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10468       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10469         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10470       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10471       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10472       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10473           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10474           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10475                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10476           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10477 
10478     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10479       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10480                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10481     } else {
10482       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10483     }
10484     ++I;
10485   }
10486 }
10487 
10488 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10489   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10490   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10491 
10492   if (!D)
10493     return D;
10494   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10495 
10496   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10497     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10498   else
10499     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10500   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10501   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10502   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10503   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10504   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10505   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10506   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10507   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10508   // have the LSI properly restored.
10509   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10510     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10511       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10512       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10513     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10514   }
10515   else
10516     // Enter a new function scope
10517     PushFunctionScope();
10518 
10519   // See if this is a redefinition.
10520   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10521     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10522 
10523   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10524   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10525     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10526         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10527       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10528       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10529     }
10530   }
10531 
10532   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10533   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10534   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10535   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10536       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10537       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10538                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10539     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10540 
10541   if (FnBodyScope)
10542     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10543 
10544   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10545   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10546                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10547 
10548   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10549   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10550     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10551 
10552     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10553     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10554       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10555 
10556       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10557     }
10558   }
10559 
10560   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10561   // introduce them into the function scope.
10562   if (FnBodyScope) {
10563     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10564              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10565              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10566          I != E; ++I) {
10567       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10568 
10569       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10570       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10571       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10572       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10573         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10574         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10575           if (DI == D) {
10576             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10577             break;
10578           }
10579         }
10580         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10581         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10582       }
10583 
10584       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10585       if (!D->getName().empty())
10586         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10587 
10588       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10589       // accessible in this scope.
10590       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10591         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10592           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10593       }
10594     }
10595   }
10596 
10597   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10598   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10599     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10600 
10601   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10602   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10603       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10604     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10605     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10606     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10607     return D;
10608   }
10609   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10610   // a function template).
10611   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10612   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10613       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10614       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10615     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10616 
10617   return D;
10618 }
10619 
10620 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10621 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10622 /// optimization.
10623 ///
10624 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10625 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10626 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10627 /// use the named return value optimization.
10628 ///
10629 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10630 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10631 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10632 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10633   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10634 
10635   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10636     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10637       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10638         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10639     }
10640   }
10641 }
10642 
10643 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10644   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10645   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10646     return false;
10647 
10648   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10649   // return type (yet).
10650   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10651     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10652     // we can still delay parsing it.
10653     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10654       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10655       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10656           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10657         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10658         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10659       }
10660     }
10661     return false;
10662   }
10663 
10664   return true;
10665 }
10666 
10667 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10668   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10669   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10670   // rest of the file.
10671   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10672   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10673   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10674     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10675       return false;
10676   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10677 }
10678 
10679 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10680   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10681     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10682   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10683     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10684   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10685 }
10686 
10687 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10688   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10689 }
10690 
10691 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10692                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10693   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10694 
10695   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10696   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10697 
10698   if (FD) {
10699     FD->setBody(Body);
10700 
10701     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10702         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10703       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10704       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10705       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10706       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10707         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10708             << FD->getReturnType();
10709         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10710       } else {
10711         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10712         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10713         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10714             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10715       }
10716     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10717       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10718       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10719         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10720 
10721         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10722         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10723         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10724         QualType RetType =
10725             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10726 
10727         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10728         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10729             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10730         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10731                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10732       }
10733     }
10734 
10735     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10736     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10737     // is the first declaration.
10738     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10739       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10740         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10741       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10742                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10743                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10744         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10745     }
10746 
10747     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10748     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10749     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10750       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10751 
10752     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10753     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10754     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10755       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10756 
10757     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10758       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10759       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10760         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10761       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10762                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10763 
10764       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10765       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10766         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10767       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10768         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10769 
10770       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10771       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10772       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10773       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10774           !FD->isDependentContext())
10775         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10776     }
10777 
10778     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10779     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10780     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10781     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10782     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10783     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10784     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10785       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10786 
10787       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10788         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10789         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10790         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10791                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10792           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10793           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10794             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10795                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10796                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10797                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10798         }
10799       }
10800     }
10801 
10802     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10803       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10804       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10805           MD->isVirtual() &&
10806           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10807           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10808         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10809         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10810             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10811           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10812 
10813           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10814           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10815           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10816           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10817           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10818             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10819         } else {
10820           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10821           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10822         }
10823       }
10824     }
10825 
10826     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10827            "Function parsing confused");
10828   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10829     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10830     MD->setBody(Body);
10831     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10832       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10833       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10834                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10835 
10836       if (Body)
10837         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10838     }
10839     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10840       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10841         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10842       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10843     }
10844     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10845       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10846       bool isDesignated =
10847           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10848       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10849       (void)isDesignated;
10850 
10851       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10852         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10853         if (!IFace)
10854           return false;
10855         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10856         if (!SuperD)
10857           return false;
10858         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10859             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10860       };
10861       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10862       // of NSObject.
10863       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10864         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10865              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10866         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10867              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10868       }
10869       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10870     }
10871     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10872       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10873       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10874         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10875              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10876       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10877     }
10878   } else {
10879     return nullptr;
10880   }
10881 
10882   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10883          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10884          "handled in the block above.");
10885 
10886   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10887   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10888     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10889     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10890     // Verify this.
10891     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10892       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10893 
10894     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10895     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10896         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10897       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10898 
10899     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10900       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10901         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10902 
10903       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10904                                              Destructor->getParent());
10905     }
10906 
10907     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10908     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10909     // deletion in some later function.
10910     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10911         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10912       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10913     }
10914     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10915         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10916       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10917       // enabled.
10918       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10919     }
10920 
10921     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10922         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10923          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10924       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10925 
10926     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10927       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10928         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10929           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10930           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10931           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10932           break;
10933         }
10934       }
10935     }
10936 
10937     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
10938                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
10939            "Leftover temporaries in function");
10940     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10941     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10942            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10943   }
10944 
10945   if (!IsInstantiation)
10946     PopDeclContext();
10947 
10948   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10949   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10950   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10951   // deletion in some later function.
10952   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10953     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10954   }
10955 
10956   return dcl;
10957 }
10958 
10959 
10960 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10961 /// relevant Decl.
10962 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10963                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10964   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10965   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10966     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10967   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10968 
10969   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10970     if (Method->isStatic())
10971       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10972 }
10973 
10974 
10975 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10976 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10977 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10978                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10979   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10980   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10981   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10982   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10983   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10984     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10985     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10986     return ExternCPrev;
10987   }
10988 
10989   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10990   unsigned diag_id;
10991   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10992     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10993   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10994     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10995   else
10996     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10997   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10998 
10999   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11000   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11001   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11002     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11003     if (S &&
11004         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11005              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11006              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11007       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11008                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11009   }
11010 
11011   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11012   const char *Dummy;
11013   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11014   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11015   unsigned DiagID;
11016   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11017                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11018   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11019   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11020   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11021   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11022   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11023                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11024                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11025                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11026                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11027                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11028                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11029                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11030                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11031                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11032                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11033                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11034                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11035                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11036                                              EST_None,
11037                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
11038                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11039                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11040                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11041                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11042                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11043                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11044                 DS.getAttributes(),
11045                 SourceLocation());
11046   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11047 
11048   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11049 
11050   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11051   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11052 
11053   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11054   FD->setImplicit();
11055 
11056   CurContext = PrevDC;
11057 
11058   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11059 
11060   return FD;
11061 }
11062 
11063 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11064 /// the declaration of this function.
11065 ///
11066 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11067 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11068 /// like NSLog or printf.
11069 ///
11070 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11071 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11072 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11073   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11074     return;
11075 
11076   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11077   // actual attributes.
11078   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11079     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11080     unsigned FormatIdx;
11081     bool HasVAListArg;
11082     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11083       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11084         const char *fmt = "printf";
11085         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11086         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11087             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11088           fmt = "NSString";
11089         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11090                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11091                                                FormatIdx+1,
11092                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11093                                                FD->getLocation()));
11094       }
11095     }
11096     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11097                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11098      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11099        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11100                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11101                                               FormatIdx+1,
11102                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11103                                               FD->getLocation()));
11104     }
11105 
11106     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11107     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11108     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11109     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11110         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11111       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11112         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11113     }
11114 
11115     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11116         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11117       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11118                                          FD->getLocation()));
11119     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11120       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11121     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11122       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11123   }
11124 
11125   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11126   if (!Name)
11127     return;
11128   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11129        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11130       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11131        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11132        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11133     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11134     // about.
11135   } else
11136     return;
11137 
11138   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11139     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11140     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11141     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11142       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11143                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11144                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11145                                              FD->getLocation()));
11146   }
11147 
11148   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11149     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11150     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11151     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11152       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11153                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11154   }
11155 }
11156 
11157 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11158                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11159   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11160   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11161 
11162   if (!TInfo) {
11163     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11164     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11165   }
11166 
11167   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11168   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11169                                            D.getLocStart(),
11170                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11171                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11172                                            TInfo);
11173 
11174   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11175   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11176     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11177     return NewTD;
11178   }
11179 
11180   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11181     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11182       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11183         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11184         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11185         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11186     else
11187       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11188   }
11189 
11190   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11191   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11192   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11193   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11194   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11195   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11196   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11197   case TST_enum:
11198   case TST_struct:
11199   case TST_interface:
11200   case TST_union:
11201   case TST_class: {
11202     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11203     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11204     break;
11205   }
11206 
11207   default:
11208     break;
11209   }
11210 
11211   return NewTD;
11212 }
11213 
11214 
11215 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11216 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11217   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11218   QualType T = TI->getType();
11219 
11220   if (T->isDependentType())
11221     return false;
11222 
11223   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11224     if (BT->isInteger())
11225       return false;
11226 
11227   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11228   return true;
11229 }
11230 
11231 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11232 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11233 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11234                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11235                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11236   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11237 
11238   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11239     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11240       << Prev->isScoped();
11241     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11242     return true;
11243   }
11244 
11245   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11246     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11247         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11248         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11249                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11250       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11251       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11252         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11253       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11254           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11255       return true;
11256     }
11257   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11258     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11259       << Prev->isFixed();
11260     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11261     return true;
11262   }
11263 
11264   return false;
11265 }
11266 
11267 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11268 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11269 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11270 ///
11271 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11272 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11273   switch (Tag) {
11274   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11275   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11276   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11277   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11278   }
11279 }
11280 
11281 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11282 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11283 ///
11284 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11285 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11286 {
11287   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11288 }
11289 
11290 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11291 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11292 ///
11293 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11294 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11295                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11296                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11297                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
11298   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11299   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11300   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11301   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11302   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11303   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11304   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11305   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11306   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11307   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11308   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11309   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11310   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11311   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11312   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11313     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11314       return true;
11315 
11316   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11317     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11318     bool isTemplate = false;
11319     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11320       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11321 
11322     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11323       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11324       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11325       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11326         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11327         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11328       return true;
11329     }
11330 
11331     if (isDefinition) {
11332       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11333       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11334       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11335         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11336         return true;
11337       }
11338 
11339       bool previousMismatch = false;
11340       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11341         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11342           if (!previousMismatch) {
11343             previousMismatch = true;
11344             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11345               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11346               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11347           }
11348           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11349             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11350             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11351                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11352         }
11353       }
11354       return true;
11355     }
11356 
11357     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11358     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11359     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11360     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11361                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11362     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11363       return true;
11364     }
11365 
11366     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11367       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11368       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11369     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11370 
11371     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11372     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11373         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11374           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11375           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11376                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11377     }
11378 
11379     return true;
11380   }
11381   return false;
11382 }
11383 
11384 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11385 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11386 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11387 ///   namespace N {
11388 ///     struct X;
11389 ///     namespace M {
11390 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11391 ///     }
11392 ///   }
11393 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11394                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11395   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11396   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11397   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11398   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11399   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11400   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11401     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11402     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11403     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11404     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11405       return FixItHint();
11406     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11407     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11408     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11409         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11410     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11411       break;
11412   }
11413 
11414   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11415   // build an NNS.
11416   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11417   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11418   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11419     OS << "::";
11420   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11421   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11422     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11423   OS.flush();
11424   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11425 }
11426 
11427 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11428 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11429 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11430 /// using-declaration).
11431 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11432                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11433   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11434   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11435 
11436   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11437     return true;
11438 
11439   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11440   // encloses the other).
11441   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11442       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11443     return true;
11444 
11445   return false;
11446 }
11447 
11448 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11449 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11450 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11451 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11452 ///
11453 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11454 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11455 ///
11456 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11457 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11458 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11459                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11460                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11461                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11462                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11463                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11464                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11465                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11466                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11467                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11468                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11469   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11470   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11471   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11472          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11473   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11474 
11475   OwnedDecl = false;
11476   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11477   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11478 
11479   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11480   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11481   bool Invalid = false;
11482 
11483   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11484   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11485   // for non-C++ cases.
11486   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11487       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11488     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11489             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11490                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11491                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11492       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11493         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11494         return nullptr;
11495       }
11496 
11497       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11498         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11499         // be a member of another template).
11500 
11501         if (Invalid)
11502           return nullptr;
11503 
11504         OwnedDecl = false;
11505         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11506                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11507                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11508                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11509                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11510                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11511                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11512                                                SkipBody);
11513         return Result.get();
11514       } else {
11515         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11516         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11517           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11518         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11519       }
11520     }
11521   }
11522 
11523   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11524   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11525   // redeclaration.
11526   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11527 
11528   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11529     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11530       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11531       // type, default to int.
11532       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11533     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11534       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11535       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11536       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11537       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11538       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11539 
11540       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11541         // Recover by falling back to int.
11542         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11543 
11544       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11545                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11546         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11547 
11548     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11549       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11550       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11551   }
11552 
11553   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11554   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11555   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11556 
11557   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11558   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11559     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11560 
11561   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11562   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11563     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11564 
11565     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11566     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11567       Name = nullptr;
11568       goto CreateNewDecl;
11569     }
11570 
11571     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11572     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11573     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11574       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11575       if (!DC) {
11576         IsDependent = true;
11577         return nullptr;
11578       }
11579     } else {
11580       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11581       if (!DC) {
11582         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11583           << SS.getRange();
11584         return nullptr;
11585       }
11586     }
11587 
11588     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11589       return nullptr;
11590 
11591     SearchDC = DC;
11592     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11593     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11594 
11595     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11596       return nullptr;
11597 
11598     if (Previous.empty()) {
11599       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11600       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11601       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11602       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11603       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11604       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11605       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11606           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11607         IsDependent = true;
11608         return nullptr;
11609       }
11610 
11611       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11612       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11613         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11614       Name = nullptr;
11615       Invalid = true;
11616       goto CreateNewDecl;
11617     }
11618   } else if (Name) {
11619     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11620     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11621     //   name different from T:
11622     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11623     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11624         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11625       return nullptr;
11626 
11627     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11628     // declaration or definition.
11629     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11630     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11631     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11632     LookupName(Previous, S);
11633 
11634     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11635     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11636     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11637         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11638       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11639       while (F.hasNext()) {
11640         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11641         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11642           F.erase();
11643       }
11644       F.done();
11645     }
11646 
11647     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11648     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11649     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11650     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11651     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11652     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11653     //
11654     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11655     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11656     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11657     //
11658     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11659     // semantic context?
11660     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11661       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11662       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11663       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11664       while (F.hasNext()) {
11665         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11666         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11667         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11668             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11669           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11670             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11671           else
11672             F.erase();
11673         }
11674       }
11675       F.done();
11676 
11677       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11678       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11679       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11680         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11681         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11682             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11683       }
11684     }
11685 
11686     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11687     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11688       return nullptr;
11689 
11690     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11691       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11692       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11693       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11694       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11695       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11696         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11697     }
11698   }
11699 
11700   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11701       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11702     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11703     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11704     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11705     Previous.clear();
11706   }
11707 
11708   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11709       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11710     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11711     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11712 
11713     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11714       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11715       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11716       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11717       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11718     }
11719   }
11720 
11721   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11722   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11723   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11724   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11725   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11726       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11727     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11728     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11729 
11730     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11731       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11732       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11733       //
11734       //          class-key identifier
11735       //
11736       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11737       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11738       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11739       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11740       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11741       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11742       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11743       //      declaration.
11744       //
11745       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11746       // C structs and unions.
11747       //
11748       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11749       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11750       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11751       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11752       //
11753       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11754       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11755       //
11756       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11757       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11758       // lexical context,
11759       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11760         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11761 
11762       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11763       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11764              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11765               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11766              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11767              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11768         S = S->getParent();
11769     } else {
11770       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11771       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11772       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11773       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11774       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11775       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11776     }
11777 
11778     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11779     // diagnose some problems.
11780     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11781       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11782       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11783     }
11784   }
11785 
11786   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
11787   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
11788     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
11789 
11790   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11791     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11792     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11793 
11794     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11795     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11796     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11797     // in C++.
11798     //
11799     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11800     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11801     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11802     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11803     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11804       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11805         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11806           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11807           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11808               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11809                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11810             PrevDecl = Tag;
11811             Previous.clear();
11812             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11813             Previous.resolveKind();
11814           }
11815         }
11816       }
11817     }
11818 
11819     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
11820     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
11821     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
11822     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
11823       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
11824       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11825           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
11826           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
11827                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
11828         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
11829         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
11830              diag::note_using_decl_target);
11831         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
11832             << 0;
11833         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
11834         Previous.clear();
11835         goto CreateNewDecl;
11836       }
11837     }
11838 
11839     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11840       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11841       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11842       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11843       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11844           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11845                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11846         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11847         // struct or something similar.
11848         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11849                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11850                                           *Name)) {
11851           bool SafeToContinue
11852             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11853                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11854           if (SafeToContinue)
11855             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11856               << Name
11857               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11858                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11859           else
11860             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11861           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11862 
11863           if (SafeToContinue)
11864             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11865           else {
11866             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11867             Name = nullptr;
11868             Previous.clear();
11869             Invalid = true;
11870           }
11871         }
11872 
11873         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11874           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11875 
11876           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11877           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11878           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11879             if (ScopedEnum)
11880               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11881                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11882                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11883             return PrevTagDecl;
11884           }
11885 
11886           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11887           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11888             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11889           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11890             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11891 
11892           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11893           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11894           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11895           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11896                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11897             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11898         }
11899 
11900         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11901         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11902         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11903         //   and then later defined.
11904         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11905             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11906           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11907           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11908         }
11909 
11910         if (!Invalid) {
11911           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11912           // we have attributes.
11913 
11914           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11915           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11916           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11917           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11918           if (!Attr &&
11919               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11920                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11921                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11922             return PrevTagDecl;
11923 
11924           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11925           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11926             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11927               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11928               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11929               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11930               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11931               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11932                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11933                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11934                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11935                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11936                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11937                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11938                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11939                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11940               }
11941 
11942               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
11943               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11944                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
11945                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
11946                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
11947                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
11948                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
11949                 // use it in place of this one.
11950                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11951                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
11952                 return Def;
11953               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11954                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11955                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11956                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11957                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11958                 else
11959                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11960                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11961                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11962                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11963                 // references get the previous definition.
11964                 Name = nullptr;
11965                 Previous.clear();
11966                 Invalid = true;
11967               }
11968             } else {
11969               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11970               // about a nested redefinition.
11971               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
11972               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
11973                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11974                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11975                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11976                 Name = nullptr;
11977                 Previous.clear();
11978                 Invalid = true;
11979               }
11980             }
11981 
11982             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11983             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11984           }
11985 
11986           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11987           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11988           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11989           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11990             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11991             AS = AS_none;
11992           }
11993         }
11994         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11995         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11996 
11997       } else {
11998         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11999         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12000         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12001         // have distinct types.
12002         Previous.clear();
12003       }
12004       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12005       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12006       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12007 
12008 
12009     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12010     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12011     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12012     } else {
12013       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12014       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12015       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12016       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12017           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12018         unsigned Kind = 0;
12019         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12020         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12021         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12022         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12023         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12024         Invalid = true;
12025 
12026       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12027       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12028                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12029         // do nothing
12030 
12031       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12032       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12033         unsigned Kind = 0;
12034         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12035         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12036         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12037         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12038         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12039         Invalid = true;
12040 
12041       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12042       // case here.
12043       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12044         unsigned Kind = 0;
12045         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12046         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12047           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12048         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12049         Invalid = true;
12050 
12051       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12052       } else {
12053         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12054         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12055         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12056         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12057         Name = nullptr;
12058         Invalid = true;
12059       }
12060 
12061       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12062       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12063       Previous.clear();
12064     }
12065   }
12066 
12067 CreateNewDecl:
12068 
12069   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12070   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12071     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12072 
12073   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12074   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12075   // keyword.
12076   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12077 
12078   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12079   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12080   // PrevDecl.
12081   TagDecl *New;
12082 
12083   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12084   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12085     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12086     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12087     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12088                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12089                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12090     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12091     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12092       TagDecl *Def;
12093       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12094           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12095         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12096         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12097       }
12098       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12099         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12100           << New;
12101         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12102       } else {
12103         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12104         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12105           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12106         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12107           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12108         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12109 
12110         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12111         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12112         // the declaration context.
12113         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12114           IsForwardReference = true;
12115       }
12116     }
12117 
12118     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12119       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12120       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12121         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12122       else
12123         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12124       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12125     }
12126 
12127   } else {
12128     // struct/union/class
12129 
12130     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12131     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12132     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12133       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12134       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12135                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12136 
12137       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12138         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12139     } else
12140       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12141                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12142   }
12143 
12144   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12145   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12146   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12147     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12148       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12149     Invalid = true;
12150   }
12151 
12152   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12153   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12154     if (SS.isSet()) {
12155       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12156       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12157       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12158       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12159       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12160       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12161           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12162           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12163         Invalid = true;
12164 
12165       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12166       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12167         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
12168                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
12169                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
12170       }
12171     }
12172     else
12173       Invalid = true;
12174   }
12175 
12176   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12177     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12178     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12179     //
12180     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12181     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12182     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12183     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12184     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12185     // parsing of the struct).
12186     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12187       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12188       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12189     }
12190   }
12191 
12192   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12193     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12194       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12195         << 2
12196         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12197     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12198     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12199     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12200     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12201       New->setModulePrivate();
12202   }
12203 
12204   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12205   // check the specialization.
12206   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12207     Invalid = true;
12208 
12209   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12210   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12211   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12212   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12213       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12214     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12215       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12216       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12217       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12218         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12219             << Name;
12220         Invalid = true;
12221       }
12222     } else {
12223       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12224     }
12225     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12226   }
12227 
12228   if (Invalid)
12229     New->setInvalidDecl();
12230 
12231   if (Attr)
12232     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12233 
12234   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12235   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12236   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12237 
12238   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12239   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12240   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12241   // the tag name visible.
12242   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12243     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12244 
12245   // Set the access specifier.
12246   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12247     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12248 
12249   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12250     New->startDefinition();
12251 
12252   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12253   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12254     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12255     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12256     if (PrevDecl)
12257       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12258 
12259     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12260     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12261     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12262       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12263         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12264   } else if (Name) {
12265     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12266     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12267     if (IsForwardReference)
12268       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12269 
12270   } else {
12271     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12272   }
12273 
12274   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12275   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12276     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12277         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12278         II->isStr("FILE"))
12279       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12280 
12281   if (PrevDecl)
12282     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12283 
12284   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12285   // record.
12286   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12287 
12288   OwnedDecl = true;
12289   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12290   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12291   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12292 }
12293 
12294 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12295   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12296   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12297 
12298   // Enter the tag context.
12299   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12300 
12301   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12302 
12303   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12304   // record.
12305   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12306 }
12307 
12308 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12309   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12310          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12311   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12312   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12313       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12314   CurContext = OCD;
12315   return IDecl;
12316 }
12317 
12318 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12319                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12320                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12321                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12322   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12323   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12324 
12325   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12326 
12327   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12328     return;
12329 
12330   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12331     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12332                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12333 
12334   // C++ [class]p2:
12335   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12336   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12337   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12338   //   as if it were a public member name.
12339   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12340     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12341                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12342                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12343                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12344                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12345   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12346   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12347   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12348   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12349       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12350   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12351   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12352          "Broken injected-class-name");
12353 }
12354 
12355 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12356                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12357   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12358   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12359   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12360 
12361   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12362   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12363     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12364     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12365       RD->completeDefinition();
12366   }
12367 
12368   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12369     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12370 
12371   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12372   PopDeclContext();
12373 
12374   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12375       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12376     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12377 
12378   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12379   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12380     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12381 }
12382 
12383 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12384   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12385   PopDeclContext();
12386 }
12387 
12388 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12389   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12390   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12391   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12392 }
12393 
12394 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12395   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12396   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12397 }
12398 
12399 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12400   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12401   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12402   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12403 
12404   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12405   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12406     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12407       RD->completeDefinition();
12408   }
12409 
12410   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12411   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12412   // the FieldCollector.
12413 
12414   PopDeclContext();
12415 }
12416 
12417 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12418 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12419                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12420                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12421                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12422   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12423   if (ZeroWidth)
12424     *ZeroWidth = true;
12425 
12426   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12427   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12428   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12429     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12430     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12431       return ExprError();
12432     if (FieldName)
12433       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12434         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12435     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12436       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12437   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12438                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12439     return ExprError();
12440 
12441   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12442   // it now.
12443   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12444     return BitWidth;
12445 
12446   llvm::APSInt Value;
12447   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12448   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12449     return ICE;
12450   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12451 
12452   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12453     *ZeroWidth = false;
12454 
12455   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12456   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12457     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12458 
12459   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12460     if (FieldName)
12461       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12462                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12463     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12464       << Value.toString(10);
12465   }
12466 
12467   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12468     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12469     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12470       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12471           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12472         if (FieldName)
12473           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12474             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12475             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12476 
12477         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12478           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12479       }
12480 
12481       if (FieldName)
12482         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12483           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12484           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12485       else
12486         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12487           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12488     }
12489   }
12490 
12491   return BitWidth;
12492 }
12493 
12494 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12495 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12496 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12497                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12498   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12499                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12500                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12501   return Res;
12502 }
12503 
12504 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12505 ///
12506 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12507                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12508                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12509                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12510                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12511   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12512   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12513   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12514 
12515   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12516   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12517   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12518     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12519 
12520     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12521                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12522       D.setInvalidType();
12523       T = Context.IntTy;
12524       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12525     }
12526   }
12527 
12528   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12529   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12530     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12531     D.setInvalidType();
12532   }
12533 
12534   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12535   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12536   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12537     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12538     D.setInvalidType();
12539   }
12540 
12541   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12542 
12543   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12544     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12545          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12546       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12547 
12548   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12549   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12550   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12551   LookupName(Previous, S);
12552   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12553     case LookupResult::Found:
12554     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12555       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12556       break;
12557 
12558     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12559       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12560       break;
12561 
12562     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12563     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12564     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12565       break;
12566   }
12567   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12568 
12569   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12570     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12571     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12572     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12573     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12574   }
12575 
12576   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12577     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12578 
12579   bool Mutable
12580     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12581   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12582   FieldDecl *NewFD
12583     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12584                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12585 
12586   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12587     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12588 
12589   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12590     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12591 
12592   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12593     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12594     // with the same name in the same scope.
12595   } else if (II) {
12596     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12597   } else
12598     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12599 
12600   return NewFD;
12601 }
12602 
12603 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12604 ///
12605 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12606 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12607 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12608 /// created.
12609 ///
12610 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12611 ///
12612 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12613 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12614                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12615                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12616                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12617                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12618                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12619                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12620                                 Declarator *D) {
12621   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12622   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12623   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12624 
12625   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12626   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12627   if (T.isNull()) {
12628     InvalidDecl = true;
12629     T = Context.IntTy;
12630   }
12631 
12632   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12633   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12634     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12635       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12636       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12637       InvalidDecl = true;
12638     } else {
12639       NamedDecl *Def;
12640       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12641       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12642         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12643         InvalidDecl = true;
12644       }
12645     }
12646   }
12647 
12648   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12649   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12650     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12651     InvalidDecl = true;
12652   }
12653 
12654   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12655   // than a variably modified type.
12656   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12657     bool SizeIsNegative;
12658     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12659 
12660     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12661       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12662                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12663                                                     Oversized);
12664     if (FixedTInfo) {
12665       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12666       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12667       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12668     } else {
12669       if (SizeIsNegative)
12670         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12671       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12672         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12673           << Oversized.toString(10);
12674       else
12675         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12676       InvalidDecl = true;
12677     }
12678   }
12679 
12680   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12681   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12682                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12683                                              AbstractFieldType))
12684     InvalidDecl = true;
12685 
12686   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12687   if (InvalidDecl)
12688     BitWidth = nullptr;
12689   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12690   if (BitWidth) {
12691     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12692                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12693     if (!BitWidth) {
12694       InvalidDecl = true;
12695       BitWidth = nullptr;
12696       ZeroWidth = false;
12697     }
12698   }
12699 
12700   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12701   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12702     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12703     if (T->isReferenceType())
12704       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12705                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12706     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12707       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12708 
12709     if (DiagID) {
12710       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12711       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12712         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12713       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12714       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12715         Mutable = false;
12716         InvalidDecl = true;
12717       }
12718     }
12719   }
12720 
12721   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12722   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12723   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12724   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12725     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12726 
12727   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12728                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12729   if (InvalidDecl)
12730     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12731 
12732   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12733     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12734     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12735     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12736   }
12737 
12738   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12739     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12740       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12741         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12742         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12743           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12744           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12745           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12746           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12747           // objects.
12748           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12749             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12750         }
12751       }
12752 
12753       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12754       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12755       // enabled.
12756       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12757         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12758                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12759                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12760           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12761         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12762           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12763       }
12764     }
12765   }
12766 
12767   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12768   // representation, not a parser representation.
12769   if (D) {
12770     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12771     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12772 
12773     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12774       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12775   }
12776 
12777   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12778   // retainable type.
12779   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12780     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12781 
12782   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12783     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12784 
12785   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12786   return NewFD;
12787 }
12788 
12789 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12790   assert(FD);
12791   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12792 
12793   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12794     return false;
12795 
12796   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12797   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12798     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12799     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12800       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12801       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12802       // copy constructors.
12803 
12804       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12805       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12806       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12807       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12808       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12809       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12810       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12811         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12812       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12813         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12814       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12815         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12816       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12817         member = CXXDestructor;
12818 
12819       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12820         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12821             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12822           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12823           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12824           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12825           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12826           // members unavailable.
12827           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12828           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12829             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12830               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12831                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12832                                   Loc));
12833             return false;
12834           }
12835         }
12836 
12837         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12838                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12839                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12840           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12841         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12842         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12843       }
12844     }
12845   }
12846 
12847   return false;
12848 }
12849 
12850 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12851 ///  AST enum value.
12852 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12853 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12854   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12855   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12856   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12857   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12858   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12859   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12860   }
12861 }
12862 
12863 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12864 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12865 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12866                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12867                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12868                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12869 
12870   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12871   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12872   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12873   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12874 
12875   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12876   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12877 
12878   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12879   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12880 
12881   if (BitWidth) {
12882     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12883     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12884     if (!BitWidth)
12885       D.setInvalidType();
12886   } else {
12887     // Not a bitfield.
12888 
12889     // validate II.
12890 
12891   }
12892   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12893     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12894     D.setInvalidType();
12895   }
12896   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12897   // than a variably modified type.
12898   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12899     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12900     D.setInvalidType();
12901   }
12902 
12903   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12904   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12905     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12906                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12907   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12908   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12909   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12910     return nullptr;
12911   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12912   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12913       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12914     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12915     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12916       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12917       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12918     }
12919     else
12920       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12921   } else {
12922     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12923         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12924       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12925         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12926         return nullptr;
12927       }
12928     }
12929     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12930   }
12931 
12932   // Construct the decl.
12933   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12934                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12935                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12936 
12937   if (II) {
12938     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12939                                            ForRedeclaration);
12940     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12941         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12942       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12943       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12944       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12945     }
12946   }
12947 
12948   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12949   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12950 
12951   if (D.isInvalidType())
12952     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12953 
12954   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12955   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12956     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12957 
12958   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12959     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12960 
12961   if (II) {
12962     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12963     // these to the interface.
12964     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12965     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12966   }
12967 
12968   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12969       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12970     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12971 
12972   return NewID;
12973 }
12974 
12975 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12976 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12977 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12978 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12979 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12980                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12981   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12982     return;
12983 
12984   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12985   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12986 
12987   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12988     return;
12989   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12990   if (!ID) {
12991     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12992       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12993         return;
12994     }
12995     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12996     else
12997       return;
12998   }
12999   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13000   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13001   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13002 
13003   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13004                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13005                               Context.CharTy,
13006                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13007                                                                DeclLoc),
13008                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13009                               true);
13010   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13011 }
13012 
13013 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13014                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13015                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13016   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13017 
13018   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13019   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13020   // it will now change.
13021   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13022     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13023     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13024     default: break;
13025     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13026       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13027       break;
13028     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13029       Context.
13030         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13031       break;
13032     }
13033   }
13034 
13035   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13036 
13037   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13038   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13039   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13040   if (Record) {
13041     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13042       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13043         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13044           ++NumNamedMembers;
13045     }
13046   }
13047 
13048   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13049   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13050 
13051   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13052   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13053        i != end; ++i) {
13054     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13055 
13056     // Get the type for the field.
13057     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13058 
13059     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13060       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13061       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13062     }
13063 
13064     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13065     // diagnostics about it.
13066     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13067       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13068       continue;
13069     }
13070 
13071     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13072     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13073     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13074     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13075     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13076     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13077     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13078     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13079     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13080     //   array.
13081     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13082       // Field declared as a function.
13083       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13084         << FD->getDeclName();
13085       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13086       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13087       continue;
13088     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13089                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13090                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13091                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13092                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13093       // Flexible array member.
13094       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13095       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13096       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13097       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13098       if (Record->isUnion())
13099         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13100                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13101                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13102                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13103                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13104       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13105         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13106                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13107                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13108                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13109                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13110                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13111                                  : 0;
13112 
13113       if (DiagID)
13114         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13115                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13116       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13117       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13118       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13119       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13120       // of the type.
13121       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13122         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13123           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13124             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13125       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13126         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13127           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13128 
13129       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13130       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13131       //
13132       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13133       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13134       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13135       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13136         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13137           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13138         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13139         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13140         continue;
13141       }
13142       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13143       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13144     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13145                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13146                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13147       // Incomplete type
13148       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13149       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13150       continue;
13151     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13152       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13153         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13154         // flexible array member.
13155         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13156         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13157           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13158           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13159           // structures.
13160           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13161             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13162               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13163           else {
13164             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13165             // other structs as an extension.
13166             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13167               << FD->getDeclName();
13168           }
13169         }
13170       }
13171       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13172           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13173                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13174                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13175         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13176         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13177       }
13178       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13179         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13180       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13181         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13182     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13183       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13184       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13185         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13186       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13187       FD->setType(T);
13188     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13189                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13190       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13191       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13192       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13193       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13194       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13195       QualType T = FD->getType();
13196       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13197       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13198         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13199         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13200           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13201             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13202                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13203                               loc));
13204           }
13205         } else {
13206           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13207             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13208         }
13209         ARCErrReported = true;
13210       }
13211     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13212                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13213                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13214       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13215           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13216         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13217       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13218         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13219         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13220             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13221           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13222         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13223                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13224                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13225       }
13226     }
13227     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13228       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13229     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13230     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13231       ++NumNamedMembers;
13232   }
13233 
13234   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13235   if (Record) {
13236     bool Completed = false;
13237     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13238       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13239         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13240         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13241                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13242                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13243           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13244 
13245         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13246           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13247             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13248             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13249               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13250                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13251           }
13252 
13253           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13254           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13255 
13256           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13257           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13258           // problem now.
13259           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13260             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13261             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13262 
13263             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13264                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13265                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13266               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13267                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13268                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13269                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13270                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13271                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13272                   continue;
13273 
13274                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13275                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13276                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13277                 //   program is ill-formed.
13278                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13279                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13280                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13281                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13282                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13283                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13284                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13285                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13286                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13287                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13288 
13289                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13290               }
13291             }
13292             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13293             Completed = true;
13294           }
13295         }
13296       }
13297     }
13298 
13299     if (!Completed)
13300       Record->completeDefinition();
13301 
13302     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13303       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13304 
13305       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13306         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13307                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13308                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13309     }
13310 
13311     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13312     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13313     // compatibility problems.
13314     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13315     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13316       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13317     } else {
13318       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13319       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13320       CheckForZeroSize =
13321           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13322           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13323           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13324     }
13325     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13326       bool ZeroSize = true;
13327       bool IsEmpty = true;
13328       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13329       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13330                                       E = Record->field_end();
13331            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13332         IsEmpty = false;
13333         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13334           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13335             ZeroSize = false;
13336         } else {
13337           ++NonBitFields;
13338           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13339           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13340               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13341             ZeroSize = false;
13342         }
13343       }
13344 
13345       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13346       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13347       // extern "C" block.
13348       if (ZeroSize) {
13349         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13350                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13351                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13352           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13353       }
13354 
13355       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13356       // but are accepted by GCC.
13357       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13358         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13359                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13360           << Record->isUnion();
13361       }
13362     }
13363   } else {
13364     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13365       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13366     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13367       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13368       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13369       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13370         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13371         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13372       }
13373       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13374       // duplicates.
13375       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13376         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13377     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13378                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13379       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13380       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13381         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13382         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13383         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13384       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13385       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13386       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13387     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13388                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13389       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13390       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13391       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13392       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13393       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13394       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13395       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13396       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13397         if (IDecl) {
13398           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13399               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13400             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13401                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13402             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13403             continue;
13404           }
13405           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13406             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13407                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13408               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13409                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13410               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13411               continue;
13412             }
13413           }
13414         }
13415         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13416         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13417       }
13418       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13419       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13420     }
13421   }
13422 
13423   if (Attr)
13424     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13425 }
13426 
13427 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13428 /// the given type T.
13429 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13430                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13431                                         QualType T) {
13432   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13433   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13434 
13435   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13436     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13437       --BitWidth;
13438     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13439   }
13440   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13441 }
13442 
13443 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13444 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13445 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13446   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13447   // enum checking below.
13448   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13449   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13450   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13451     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13452   };
13453   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13454     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13455     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13456   };
13457 
13458   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13459   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13460                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13461   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13462     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13463       return Types[I];
13464 
13465   return QualType();
13466 }
13467 
13468 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13469                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13470                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13471                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13472                                           Expr *Val) {
13473   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13474   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13475   QualType EltTy;
13476 
13477   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13478     Val = nullptr;
13479 
13480   if (Val)
13481     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13482 
13483   if (Val) {
13484     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13485       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13486     else {
13487       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13488       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13489           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13490         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13491         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13492         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13493         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13494         ExprResult Converted =
13495           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13496                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13497         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13498           Val = nullptr;
13499         else
13500           Val = Converted.get();
13501       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13502                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13503                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13504         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13505       } else {
13506         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13507           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13508 
13509           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13510           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13511           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13512           // expression checking.
13513           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13514             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13515               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13516               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13517             } else
13518               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13519           } else
13520             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13521         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13522           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13523           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13524           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13525           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13526           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13527           EltTy = Val->getType();
13528         } else {
13529           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13530           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13531           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13532           //   representable as an int.
13533 
13534           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13535           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13536             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13537               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13538               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13539           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13540             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13541             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13542           }
13543           EltTy = Val->getType();
13544         }
13545       }
13546     }
13547   }
13548 
13549   if (!Val) {
13550     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13551       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13552     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13553       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13554       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13555       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13556       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13557       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13558       //
13559       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13560       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13561       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13562         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13563       }
13564       else {
13565         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13566       }
13567     } else {
13568       // Assign the last value + 1.
13569       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13570       ++EnumVal;
13571       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13572 
13573       // Check for overflow on increment.
13574       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13575         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13576         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13577         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13578         //
13579         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13580         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13581         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13582         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13583         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13584         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13585         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13586         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13587           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13588           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13589           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13590           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13591           ++EnumVal;
13592           if (Enum->isFixed())
13593             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13594             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13595               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13596               << EltTy;
13597           else
13598             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13599               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13600         } else {
13601           EltTy = T;
13602         }
13603 
13604         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13605         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13606         // value, then increment.
13607         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13608         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13609         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13610         ++EnumVal;
13611 
13612         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13613         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13614         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13615         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13616         // integral type.
13617         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13618           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13619       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13620                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13621         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13622         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13623           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13624       }
13625     }
13626   }
13627 
13628   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13629     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13630     // enumerator's type.
13631     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13632     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13633   }
13634 
13635   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13636                                   Val, EnumVal);
13637 }
13638 
13639 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13640                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13641   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13642       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13643     return SkipBodyInfo();
13644 
13645   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13646   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13647   // skip the body.
13648   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13649                                          ForRedeclaration);
13650   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13651   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13652   if (PrevECD &&
13653       !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()),
13654                             &Hidden)) {
13655     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13656     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13657     return Skip;
13658   }
13659 
13660   return SkipBodyInfo();
13661 }
13662 
13663 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13664                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13665                               AttributeList *Attr,
13666                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13667   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13668   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13669     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13670 
13671   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13672   // we find one that is.
13673   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13674 
13675   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13676   // scope.
13677   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13678                                          ForRedeclaration);
13679   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13680     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13681     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13682     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13683     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13684   }
13685 
13686   if (PrevDecl) {
13687     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13688     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13689     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13690            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13691     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13692       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13693         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13694       else
13695         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13696       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13697       return nullptr;
13698     }
13699   }
13700 
13701   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13702   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13703   // different from T:
13704   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13705   // enumerated type
13706   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13707     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13708                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13709 
13710   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13711     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13712 
13713   if (New) {
13714     // Process attributes.
13715     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13716 
13717     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13718     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13719     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13720   }
13721 
13722   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13723 
13724   return New;
13725 }
13726 
13727 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13728 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13729 // Element2 = Element1
13730 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13731 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13732 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13733 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13734   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13735   if (!InitExpr)
13736     return true;
13737   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13738 
13739   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13740     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13741       return true;
13742     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13743     if (!IL)
13744       return true;
13745     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13746       return true;
13747 
13748     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13749   }
13750 
13751   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13752   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13753   if (!DRE)
13754     return true;
13755 
13756   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13757   if (!EnumConstant)
13758     return true;
13759 
13760   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13761       Enum)
13762     return true;
13763 
13764   return false;
13765 }
13766 
13767 struct DupKey {
13768   int64_t val;
13769   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13770   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13771     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13772 };
13773 
13774 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13775   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13776                 false);
13777 }
13778 
13779 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13780   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13781   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13782   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13783     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13784   }
13785   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13786     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13787            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13788   }
13789 };
13790 
13791 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13792 // a previous element has already been set to.
13793 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13794                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13795                                         QualType EnumType) {
13796   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13797     return;
13798   // Avoid anonymous enums
13799   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13800     return;
13801 
13802   // Only check for small enums.
13803   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13804     return;
13805 
13806   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13807   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13808 
13809   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13810   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13811           ValueToVectorMap;
13812 
13813   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13814   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13815 
13816   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13817   // an initialier.
13818   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13819     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13820 
13821     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13822     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13823     if (!ECD) {
13824       return;
13825     }
13826 
13827     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13828       continue;
13829 
13830     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13831     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13832 
13833     // First time encountering this value.
13834     if (Entry.isNull())
13835       Entry = ECD;
13836   }
13837 
13838   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13839   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13840     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13841     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13842       continue;
13843 
13844     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13845 
13846     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13847     if (Entry.isNull())
13848       continue;
13849 
13850     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13851       // Ensure constants are different.
13852       if (D == ECD)
13853         continue;
13854 
13855       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13856       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13857       Vec->push_back(D);
13858       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13859 
13860       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13861       Entry = Vec;
13862 
13863       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13864       // diagnostics.
13865       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13866       continue;
13867     }
13868 
13869     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13870     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13871     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13872       continue;
13873 
13874     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13875   }
13876 
13877   // Emit diagnostics.
13878   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13879                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13880        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13881     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13882     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13883 
13884     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13885     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13886     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13887       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13888       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13889     ++I;
13890 
13891     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13892     // the same value.
13893     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13894       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13895         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13896         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13897     delete Vec;
13898   }
13899 }
13900 
13901 bool
13902 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13903                         bool AllowMask) const {
13904   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13905   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13906 
13907   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13908   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13909 
13910   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13911   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13912 
13913   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13914   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13915   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13916   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13917   //
13918   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13919   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13920   // likely a logic error.
13921   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13922     return true;
13923 
13924   if (AllowMask) {
13925     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13926     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13927     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13928     // benefit of the doubt.
13929     //
13930     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13931     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13932     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13933     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13934     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13935     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13936     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13937     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13938       return true;
13939   }
13940 
13941   return false;
13942 }
13943 
13944 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13945                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13946                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13947                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13948   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13949   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13950 
13951   if (Attr)
13952     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13953 
13954   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13955     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13956       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13957         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13958       if (!ECD) continue;
13959 
13960       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13961     }
13962 
13963     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13964     return;
13965   }
13966 
13967   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13968   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13969   // emit a warning.
13970   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13971   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13972   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13973 
13974   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13975   // reverse the list.
13976   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13977   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13978 
13979   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13980   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13981 
13982   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13983     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13984       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13985     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13986 
13987     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13988 
13989     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13990     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13991       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13992                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13993     else
13994       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13995                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13996 
13997     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13998     if (AllElementsInt)
13999       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14000   }
14001 
14002   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14003   QualType BestType;
14004   unsigned BestWidth;
14005 
14006   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14007   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14008   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14009   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14010   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14011   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14012   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14013   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14014   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14015   QualType BestPromotionType;
14016 
14017   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14018   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14019   // enum definitions.
14020   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14021     Packed = true;
14022 
14023   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14024     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14025     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14026       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14027     else
14028       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14029 
14030     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14031   }
14032   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14033     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14034     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14035     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14036     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14037       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14038       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14039     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14040                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14041       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14042       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14043     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14044       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14045       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14046     } else {
14047       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14048 
14049       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14050         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14051       } else {
14052         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14053 
14054         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14055           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14056         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14057       }
14058     }
14059     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14060   } else {
14061     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14062     // all of the enumerator values.
14063     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14064     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14065       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14066       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14067       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14068     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14069       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14070       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14071       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14072     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14073       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14074       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14075       BestPromotionType
14076         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14077                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14078     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14079                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14080       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14081       BestPromotionType
14082         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14083                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14084     } else {
14085       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14086       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14087              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14088       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14089       BestPromotionType
14090         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14091                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14092     }
14093   }
14094 
14095   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
14096   if (FEAttr)
14097     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
14098 
14099   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14100   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
14101   // FlagBits cache.
14102   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14103     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14104     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14105 
14106     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14107     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14108     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14109     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14110     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14111 
14112     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14113     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14114 
14115     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14116     // the enum decl type.
14117     QualType NewTy;
14118     unsigned NewWidth;
14119     bool NewSign;
14120     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14121         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14122         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14123       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14124       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14125       NewSign = true;
14126     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14127       // Already the right type!
14128       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14129         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14130         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14131         // enumeration.
14132         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14133       goto flagbits;
14134     } else {
14135       NewTy = BestType;
14136       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14137       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14138     }
14139 
14140     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14141     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14142     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14143     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14144 
14145     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14146     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14147         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14148       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14149                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14150                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14151                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14152                                                 VK_RValue));
14153     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14154       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14155       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14156       // enumeration.
14157       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14158     else
14159       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14160 
14161 flagbits:
14162     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
14163     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
14164     if (FEAttr) {
14165       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
14166       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
14167         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
14168       }
14169     }
14170   }
14171 
14172   if (FEAttr) {
14173     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14174       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14175       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14176 
14177       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14178       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14179         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14180           << ECD << Enum;
14181     }
14182   }
14183 
14184 
14185 
14186   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14187                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14188 
14189   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14190 
14191   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14192   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14193     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14194 }
14195 
14196 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14197                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14198                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14199   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14200 
14201   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14202                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14203                                                    EndLoc);
14204   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14205   return New;
14206 }
14207 
14208 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14209                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14210                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14211   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14212     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14213     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14214       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14215         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14216           << M->getFullModuleName();
14217         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14218         return;
14219       }
14220       break;
14221     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14222       break;
14223     }
14224     DC = LSD->getParent();
14225   }
14226 
14227   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14228     DC = DC->getParent();
14229   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14230     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14231       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14232     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14233            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14234       << DC;
14235   }
14236 }
14237 
14238 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14239                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14240                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14241   Module *Mod =
14242       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14243                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14244   if (!Mod)
14245     return true;
14246 
14247   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14248 
14249   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14250 
14251   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14252   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14253   // silently ignoring the import.
14254   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14255     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14256         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14257   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14258     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14259         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14260 
14261   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14262   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14263   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14264     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14265     // We need the length to be consistent.
14266     if (!ModCheck)
14267       break;
14268     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14269 
14270     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14271   }
14272 
14273   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14274                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14275                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14276                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14277   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14278   return Import;
14279 }
14280 
14281 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14282   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14283 
14284   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14285   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14286   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14287   //
14288   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14289   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14290       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14291       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14292 
14293   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14294   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14295   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14296     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14297     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14298                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14299                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14300     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14301     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14302   }
14303 
14304   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14305   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14306 }
14307 
14308 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14309   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14310 
14311   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14312     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14313   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14314 }
14315 
14316 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14317   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14318 
14319   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14320     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14321     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14322     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14323   }
14324 }
14325 
14326 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14327                                                       Module *Mod) {
14328   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14329   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14330     return;
14331 
14332   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14333   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14334   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14335                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14336   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14337   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14338 
14339   // Make the module visible.
14340   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14341   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14342 }
14343 
14344 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14345                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14346                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14347                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14348                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14349   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14350                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14351   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14352       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14353 
14354   // If a declaration that:
14355   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14356   // 2) has external linkage
14357   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14358   if (PrevDecl &&
14359       (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
14360       PrevDecl->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
14361     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14362   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14363   else
14364     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14365 }
14366 
14367 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14368                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14369                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14370   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14371 
14372   if (PrevDecl) {
14373     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14374   } else {
14375     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14376       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14377         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14378   }
14379 }
14380 
14381 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14382                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14383                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14384                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14385                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14386   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14387                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14388   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14389 
14390   if (PrevDecl) {
14391     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14392       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14393         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14394   } else {
14395     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14396       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14397   }
14398 }
14399 
14400 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14401   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14402 }
14403 
14404 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14405   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14406   if (!D)
14407     return AR_Available;
14408 
14409   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14410   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14411   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14412   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14413   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14414   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14415     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14416     if (R != AR_Available)
14417       return R;
14418     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14419   }
14420   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14421   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14422   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14423             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14424     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14425   }
14426   // Recover from user error.
14427   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14428 }
14429